Home

Garmin GPS Receiver 635 User's Manual

1. Estimated time en route ETE ETE is shown as hours minutes until less than an hour then it is shown as minutes seconds e Estimated time of arrival ETA ETA is shown as hours minutes and is the local time at the destination If in Point To Point mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the departure time If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the ETA by adding to the departure time all of the ETEs of the legs up to and including the selected leg If the entire flight plan is selected then the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected 14 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position of the aircraft and the current leg being flown The ETA is calculated by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to and Getting including the selected leg If the entire flight plan is selected then the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected En Route sate altitude ESA The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT e Destination sunrise and sunset times These times are shown as hours minutes and are the local time at the destination 5 14 4 1 Point To Point Mode The Trip Planning Point to Point mode shows trip calculations between two selected points either two waypoints from the database or from your present position to a selected
2. Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index Annunciation Coordinates Of Map Pointer 8 24 about the selected item Touch the Back key to return to the Map Panning display 4 While pressing your finger gently against the display drag your finger across the display to scroll the display in the direction of your tinger movement The Map Pointer cross hair location is based on where your finger touches the display but after dragging your finger the Map Pointer will be centered on the map when your finger is lifted from the display fC Map Pointer Figure 8 31 Map Panning With Map Pointer NOTE Pressing the Direct To key will use the Map Pointer location as the destination 5 Touch the Back key to return to the normal map display Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 3 Map Controls While in the Map page function several controls are available to manage the view and display of information The In and Out keys at the lower right corner of the page control the map range Touching the display momentarily switches the display to Map Pan Mode While in any of the Map function pages touching the display starts Pan Mode Options are available to Create a waypoint at the Map Pointer position and to Graphically Edit Flight Plan 8 3 1 Pan Map Mode The Pan Map mode allows you to move the map display to view the s
3. ILSDME or DME only VORTAC TACAN e Table 17 1 Map Page Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 17 1 Symbols 17 2 17 3 17 2 A GARMIN SafeTaxi Symbols Symbol Description Under Construction Zones re Unpaved Parking Areas Table 17 2 SafeTaxi Symbols Traffic Symbols Description Highest to Lowest Priority Trattic Advisory TA In Range Traffic Advisory TA Out of Range Proximate Advisory PA Other Traffic Table 17 3 Traffic Symbols Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 17 4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle E Height is less than Height is less Height is greater Height is greater than Started 1000 ft AGL than 1000 ft AGL than 1000 ft i 1000 ft AGL Figure 17 1 Obstacle Altitude Color Correlation Potential Impact Point Projected Flight Path Sree u oES 100 ft n Unlighted Obstacle Proc Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Black Figure 17 2 Terrain Altitude Color Correlation Utilities Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 17 3 A GARMIN 17 5 Basemap Symbols Symbol Description E Interstate Highway ti nmi ee ewan e mo Table 17 4 Basemap Symbols 17 6 Map Tool Bar Symbols Symbol Description Indicator Indicator Traffic Enabled and Availab
4. Caution Obstacle Caution Obstacle Too Low Terrain Five Hundred Sink Rate Don t Sink or Too Low Terrain Alerts with multipole messages are configurable at installation and are installation dependent Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with asterisks 10 14 Table 10 3 TAWS B Alerts Summary Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 3 8 2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate EDR alert is to provide notification when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an excessive rate The parameters for the alert as defined by TSO C151b are shown below 6000 5500 5000 4500 4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 Height Above Terrain Feet 1500 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000 Descent Rate Figure 10 12 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria 10 3 8 3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Reduced Required Terrain Clearance RTC and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance ROC alerts are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain yet is projected to come within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values table When an RTC alert and or a ROC is issued a potential impact point is displayed on the TAWS Page Imminent Terrain Impact ITI and Imminent Obstacle Impact IOI alert
5. Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 8 34 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 9 TRAFFIC 9 1 Traffic Information Service TIS Optional WARNING The Traffic Information Service TIS is intended for advisory use only TIS is intended to help the pilot locate traffic visually It is the responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic A NOTE TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of a TlS capable terminal radar site Aircraft without an operating transponder are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems TAS and TIS Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indication A NOTE TIS and Traffic Advisory System TAS may not both be configured at the same time Traffic Information Service TIS is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the traffic data link TIS receives tra
6. ODTOMAl acxscssctszussaicdswestsntisaxssecoegesteatssussecaunesteat 8 6 ALG Maie Opona erT cine Airaa 8 6 8 1 2 MaS SUD eeraa S E EIE 8 7 8 1 2 1 MAD eeeeescecsscccssecesereeseeeeseeeecseeesseesseeeecsseesseessireesnreesteeeesaes 8 9 PNB PAU OW acce scorer E E E 8 15 Bolster a AR R REEE EAN 8 16 8 1 2 4 Airway RANGE cceescecssecesteecseeecsereesereesereesseeseseessiressneeeees 8 17 81 29 WAG OPONA austen onmmnaans seus mentees 8 18 8 1 2 6 Weather Optional cccccccccccsecsscsecssecsesssecseesseeseecseeees 8 19 8 1 3 Map Data Feld ese eee cere EREET 8 19 8 1 4 DEADE r E E E E water ee a ee eat 8 21 eZ IVD PON eoa e EE EEO 8 23 8 IVT ONIONS a eee gene ysetseres ae ae dene sees eee ee pe ceneesieeein recess 8 25 8 3 1 Pan Map WIOG Gs o cea cacaestucd tens duduvssinede gene cedeeustnadetenscedeeateases 8 25 8 3 2 Create VV yO ONIN sessar a 8 25 8 3 3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode cccccscseceesecseeseeeeeees 8 26 8 3 3 1 Adding a Waypoint to an Existing Flight Plan eee 8 26 8 3 3 2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan 8 27 8 3 3 3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan 8 28 8 3 3 4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan 8 28 Se DING TG SO ORY sesine vars den troentor cient dvuceumucteentantens 8 29 O OB r E E 8 30 eo WA N cc sce se ue srseexse aces de nese acne seadhede venaeuentsdeeteceeavecesescoetecgsescees 8 31 SE ee 8 32 8 7 1 SG aE
7. Touch the Legend key to toggle the display of the Terrain Legend on or off 10 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B amp GARMIN 10 2 2 Terrain Limitations aa Terrain Proximity displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft The displayed alerts are advisory in nature only Individual obstructions lt may be shown if available in the database However all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be inaccurate Terrain information 9 should be used as an aid to situational awareness Never use this information for navigation or to maneuver to avoid obstacles Terrain Proximity uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by pp government sources The displayed information should never be understood as being all inclusive Direct To NOTE The data contained in the Terrain Proximity databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data raffic Terrain Utilities System 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 5 A GARMIN 10 3 Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS B Optional TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System is an optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain CFIT TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles
8. Airport Approach Touch To Select Touch To Select Transition Channel ID Touch To Preview Touch To Activate Approach Approach Touch To Load Approach Figure 6 18 Selected Approach Overview yeca 5 Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired transition Select Transition KTWF RNAV 2505 LPV Drag Finger On List To View List Or Touch Up Down Keys To Scroll List Selected Transition vectors DRYAD HAZZL Figure 6 19 Select Approach Transition Em 6 If desired touch the Channel ID key then use the numeric _ keypad to select the channel number and then touch the Enter key The Channel and ID are typically loaded automatically if they are present 6 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN A NOTE As an alternate means of loading an approach the Channel ID key allows you to select the channel ID for a SBAS approach for the current destination The channel ID for the Getting SBAS approach is available from an approved approach chart If duplicate numbers are available for a channel a list will be available where you may select the desired approach Pe 7 Touch the Load Approach key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed The approach waypoints are placed at the end of the flight plan and the unit will automatically sequence to them after the en route waypoints 8 Touch the Activate Approach key which makes the active leg Direct To the
9. Com and 650 Com and Nav frequency finding feature allows you to quickly select any displayed database Com or Nav frequency as your standby frequency The following are some examples of selecting frequencies from some of the main GPS pages To select a Com or Nav frequency for a User created frequency Recent selected frequency Nearest airport or from your Flight Plan aS 1 While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key Categories for User Recent Nearest and Flight Plan are available Touch to Select Nearest Freg List Touch to Select Recent Freq List Touch to Select User Freq List Touch to Select Fpl Freq List Figure 3 7 Com Nearest Frequencies 2 Touch Recent Nearest Flight Plan or User A list of the selected trequency types will be displayed 3 Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the Standby window 3 3 1 1 Find Recent Frequencies 1 While viewing the Find results touch the Recent key A list of the recently selected frequencies will be displayed Selected Frequency Touch Frequency Category From Recent List To Select Standby Frequency Figure 3 8 Recent Com Frequency List 2 Touch the desired trequency to select it and place it into the Standby window 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 5 A GARMIN 3 3 1 2 Find Nearest Frequencies P recent 1 While viewing the Find results touch the Nearest key A list of the neare
10. E E Tidy k Hae Surface Fronts SIGMET AIRMET SIGMET AIRMET SHGMET Part Sun ga on a Lim Echo Tops eho Tap tn Cloud Tops Cloud Tass Freezing Levels METAR Freezing Levels FT 5h Pi a E ined SEMET 4000 bOI q ROTG z E Fa A 51 F T iri 7 War i 4 gt HL Vin i Turbulence Turme e Winds Aloft Winds Alaf Icing Potential icing Potential County Warnings County Warnings Severe 56a Ti a Lam hindere te Sy er eb Tano Eetrecnn PIREPS Figure 11 6 Available Weather Legends 11 1 3 Weather Map Orientation 2 1 While viewing the Weather Data Link function touch the Menu key 2 Touch the Orientation key to toggle the map view orientation choices of North Up Track Up and Heading Up 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 5 A a LULUMGARMIN 11 1 4 XM Weather Symbols and Product Age The weather product symbols the expiration time and the refresh rate are shown in the following tables The refresh rate represents the interval at which XM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain new weather data It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is received by the Data Link Receiver Weather data is retreshed at intervals that are defined and controlled by XM Satellite Radio and its data vendors Weather Product Expiration Refresh Rate Time Minutes Minutes
11. Figure 7 12 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency More Information 1 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 2 6 Weather WX Data 1 Touch the WX Data key on the Airport Waypoint Info page to view textual METARs City Forecast and TAF weather information available for the selected airport Airport Identifier Touch And Drag 0 Weather S To Scroll Information OOE Touch To Scroll A Y Pages Figure 7 13 Waypoint Info Airport Weather Page 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the Weather page information UTHITIES 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 9 A GARMIN 7 3 Intersection INT The Intersection page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety aie Of detailed information about the intersection The top left area of the page displays the Intersection identifier and region The top center area shows the lat lon coordinates of the Intersection and the bearing with direction arrow and distance to the Intersection from your present position Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key entering p the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list The center area of the page shows a map with the Intersecti
12. GARMIN 11 1 8 Cell Movement Cell Movement data shows the location and movement of storm cells as aie identified by a ground based system Cells are represented by yellow squares with direction of movement indicated with short orange arrows Pours 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Cell Movement key Cell Movement Position And Direction Of Movement Product Age Present Position Figure 11 15 Cell Movement 2 Touch the Cell Movement key again to turn it off Cell Movement Direction Figure 11 16 Cell Movement Legend naract le CIS 11 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 9 SIGMETs and AIRMETs SIGMETs SIGnificant METerological Information and AIRMETs AIRmen s METerological Information are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather considered of importance to aircraft 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the SIGMET AIRMET key IFR Line SIGMET Line Present Position Turbulence Line Figure 11 17 SIGMETs and AIRMETs 2 Touch the SIGMET AIRMET key again to turn it off SIGMET AIRMET SIGMET Localized SIGMET Icing Weather Turbulence IFR Mountain Obscer Surface Winds Figure 11 18 SIGMET AIRMET Legend 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 15 A GARMIN 11 1 10 County Warnings County Warnings data provides specific public awareness and protection weather warnings
13. GARMIN 11 2 StormScope Weather 11 2 1 StormScope Optional NOTE Refer to the WX 500 Pilot s Guide for a detailed description of the WX 500 StormScope The StormScope WX 500 Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft The StormScope measures relative bearing and distance of thunderstorm related electrical activity and reports the information to the display Interfaces are currently only available for the WX 500 StormScope System For lightning display interpretation study the examples in the WX 500 Pilot s Guide that are designed to help you relate the cell or strike patterns shown on the display to the size and location of thunderstorms that may be near your aircraft 1 From the Home page touch the Weather key and then the StormScope key if present to reach the StormScope F function Range Ring Lightning Strikes Touch oa Lightning Display Mode Lightning Cell or Strike Strikes Lightning Strike Rate Figure 11 42 StormScope Display 360 Display View Shown 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 27 A GARMIN 2 Touch the Menu key to setup the StormScope display Weather Stormscope Menu View Moga Lightning oyj Ene m ma bribe Display Mode soit se ate se F Cell Selected Figure 11 43 StormScope Menu 3 Touch the 360 or Arc to select the di
14. Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 15 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 3 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 FLIGHT PLANS The GTN 6XX lets you create up to 99 different flight plans with up to 100 waypoints in each flight plan The Flight Plan function is accessed by touching the Flight Plan key on the Home page The Flight Plan function allows you to create store edit and copy flight plans Waypoint Activate Leg Catalog Select Waypoint Options Insert Before Store Find Insert After Delete Recent Load Procedures Preview Nearest Load Airway Parallel Track Flight Plan Waypoint Info Invert User Remove Edit Data Fields Search by Name Search by City Load Procedures is shown for airports Load Airway is shown for waypoints on a published airway Figure 4 1 Flight Plan Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 1 A ee GARMIN 4 1 Creating a New Flight Plan 1 From the Home page touch Flight Plan Touch To Remove Waypoint Touch To Add Waypoint Figure 4 2 Create New Flight Plan 2 If there is already an Active Flight Plan touch Menu and then the Delete and OK keys to
15. Nearest 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch Map Overlays key Music and then the Airways Map Overlay key to select the Airways viewed Selections are Off Low High and All Utilities m b ARG i Pe asem Low Airway eo High Airway ra A T K Symbols E Pr AN9 NM Appendix Figure 8 5 Map Menu Airways Map Overlay Selection 2 Low Airways are shown as grey lines High Airways are shown as green lines Index 8 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 1 3 Terrain The Terrain Data option selects whether Terrain Data is shown on the Map page Terrain and NEXRAD weather may not be displayed at the same time Selecting one will disable the other A Terrain icon will indicate that the Terrain overlay has been selected Terrain overlay colors may or may not be shown depending on the altitude of the aircraft 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch Map Overlays key and Terai then the Terrain Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain data GSD c y RK Red Terrain At or am ms 3 Within 100 ft below 1500 au pa No Aircraft Altitude N Wu E Y Yellow Terrain Between EVRE o 3100 ft and 1000 ft below TRK uP AA A ins Seem current aircraft altitude KHIO be Sh i Icon Shows Terrain Overlay Is Active Figure 8 6 Map Menu Terrain Map Overlay On Selection 2 The colors of the terrain are referenced to your aircraft altitude 8 1 1 4 NEXRAD Optional The NEXRAD menu option allows
16. OBS PA PC PDA 190 01004 03 Rev B lightning Magnetic Magnetic Variation A proprietary data format used to forward navigation information between Garmin units maximum maximum speed overspeed barometric minimum descent altitude Aviation Routine Weather Report minimum Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude within ten miles of the aircraft present position marker beacon Military Operations Area movement meters per minute Minimum Safe Altitude Provides SBAS service for Japan only message Mean Sea Level meter millivolt s Marginal Visual Flight Rules navigation NAVigation AID Negative Climb Rate Non Directional Beacon Next Generation Radar Outside Air Temperature Omni Bearing Selector Proximity Advisory personal computer Premature Descent Alert Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 5 UTHITIES Appendix Wint Infa Wot Into Cyimhntlc SVINDOIS Appendix P POS PTK QTY R RAIM RAM REF REQ REV RMI RNG RNWY ROC RT RTC SBAS SCIT SD SFC SIAP SID SIGMET SLP SKD SMBL SPD SRVC SVC STAR STATS STBY STD SUA SUSP SW SYS 18 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Present Position parallel track quantity right right runway Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring random access memory reference required reverse revision revise Radio Magnetic Indicator range runway Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance right R
17. Plan Leg Cumulative FPL Shown Touch To Scroll List Figure 14 24 Select Flight Plan Leg 4 Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select the departure time local time at From waypoint and touch Enter Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date page to select the departure year month and day and then touch Enter 6 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter 7 Touch the Compute Data key to view statistics for the current flight plan leg The Cumulative flight plan is shown Touch To View Ul eae eee ein onie a Statistics For Next KBKE gt KPUC Next FPL Leg pags EAA eee Trip Statistics 03 17 11 20 1810 Touch To Toggle sence DAE Between Statistics fot bub i WEF o a a L and Data Input 14 25 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View Flight Plan Mode 8 Touch the Next key to view statistics for the next leg in the flight plan Current FPL Leg Touch To View Touch To View bs otk Statistics For Next Statistics For KEKE RIVES Next Ce ee Previous FPL Leg se eee eet Trip Statistics Touch To Toggle Between Statistics and Data Input 14 26 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View Of Next Waypoint Flight Plan Mode iti ETA 01 29 51 18 19 ii cune Saret en tigi a s ODO F a 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 17 FPL Direct To Weatner Nearest Uti
18. UTHITIES 3 Ifa specific course is necessary touch the Course To key 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 1 A GARMIN 4 Use the numeric keypad to select the course and then touch the Enter key started Selected ia Backspace Course Key 5 Numeric Keypad Figure 5 2 Direct To Course Selection 5 Touch the desired waypoint and touch the Activate key or FPL T press the small right knob Proc j Alat lafa Wot Into Waypoint EE Tab Ops Locka Executive Waypoint Miami Fi Detail a ee 4 L TE kra Activate Direct To Course Press Small Knob To Activate Direct To Wpt Touch To Select A Specific Course Figure 5 3 Direct To Selection 6 The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct To course 5 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 5 2 Direct To a Flight Plan Waypoint 1 Press the Direct To key on the right side of the unit FPL oF 2 Touch the FPL tab on the left side of the Direct To window gt Flight Plan Ea Waypoint List Com Nav Flight Plan Tab Touch Waypoint Key To Select FPL Figure 5 4 Direct To Flight Plan Leg Selection Direct To 3 Touch the leg of your flight plan you want to use The Direct To Proc Waypoint page will display information about the selected flight plan waypoint Wht Info Waypoint Tab Touch To Select Waypoint Detail A Specific Course Touch To Activate 0 Di
19. Use the alphanumeric keypad to make the waypoint name up to six characters and then touch the Enter key User Waypoint Saena Backspace Name PEERED Key Clears User Waypoint identifier 4 4 Wot Name Alphanumeric Keypad For Touch Enter eR aE After Creating Name Selected Character Range Figure 7 20 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Name Mem Touch the Comment key to add a short comment for the new waypoint Wem gt Touch the Position key and then Lat Lon Radial Radial or Radial Distance to assign the type See the following instructions for more detail 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 15 Touch to Select the Desired Waypoint Reference Type Figure 7 21 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type jaan 6 If desired touch the Temporary key to create the waypoint for only temporary use Temporary waypoints will be removed when the power is cycled P crene 7 When finished with all selections touch the Create key to create the new waypoint 7 7 1 Waypoint Location Based on Lat Lon Coordinates ert rsa 1 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Position pe key and then the Lat Lon key Then touch the Latitude Longitude value key Set Use WPT Posicion Touch to Select Radia LAT Lat Lon Waypoint A adial Distance LION Reference Type Touch to Select Lat Lon Values Figure 7 22 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type Lat Lon aeaa 2 The Lat Lon coo
20. for service if this message persists Verity the TAWS INHIBIT key switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists Insert the correct frequency into the active navigation frequency window Set the CDI HIS selected course to the current desired track Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message Description Action STEEP TURN Flight plan contains an No action is necessary message is Aircratt may acute course change informational only If desired slow overshoot course ahead which will the aircraft to shallow the turn during turn require a bank in excess of normal to follow the guidance If coupled to the autopilot the autopilot may not be able to execute the steep turn needed to follow the course guidance STORMSCOPE The GIN is configured Contact dealer for service StormScope is for aWX 500 inoperative or StormScope but is not connection to GIN receiving data from it is lost STORMSCOPE The WX 500 GTN StormScope data is correct Invalid heading StormScope reports and may be used Contact dealer received from that it has an invalid for service StormScope heading source TAWS AUDIO The TAWS Audio Contact dealer for service INHIBITED Inhibit discrete input TAWS audio inhibit has been active for input is stuck at least 30 seconds This input is active in all installations TAWS audio may be heard at the same time as other aud
21. 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 3 Product Description Foreword This section provides an overview of the GIN 6XX product and a quick look Started at some important features The GTN 6XX presents a full color moving map with navigation information to the pilot through a large format display Controls oe l Xpdr Ctrl are a combination of rotary knobs and push keys on the bezel with the color display providing information as well as a touchscreen controls The GTN OXX coana has a 600 x 266 pixel 4 9 inch diagonal LCD display Active Com Nav Standby Com Nav i Frequency Frequency Volume Squelch On Function Direct To Off and Nav ID On Off Keys Home Page Proc HOME Key ead Photo Sensor Wt Info ar Message Direct lo Key ta Annunciation And Ke Large and Traffic Screw Terrain Annunciations Dual Rotary Knob Xpdr Panel Function Hints Controls d Neather Figure 1 2 GTN 650 Front Panel Nearest 1 3 1 Secure Data Card _ The GIN 6XX uses a Secure Digital SD card to load and store various types Music of data For basic flight operations the SD card is required for Terrain Obstacle and SateTaxi database storage as well as Jeppesen aviation database updates Utilities A NOTE Ensure the GTN 6XX is powered off before inserting or removing system an SD card Messages A NOTE Refer to SD Card Use and Databases in the Appendix for instructions on updating databases Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 65
22. 15 10 Emergency frequency 3 10 ENR 6 2 EPU 15 15 9 Excessive descent rate alert 10 14 10 15 Expiration time 11 1 11 6 F Facility name 12 11 12 12 12 13 FDE 15 9 Find Com frequency 3 5 FIR 12 1 Five hundred aural alert 10 14 Flight phase 10 16 Flight plan 1 18 4 1 8 10 14 21 Flight plan frequency 3 7 Flight plan menu 4 13 Flight timers 14 9 Flood 11 7 Fog 11 Forward looking terrain avoidance 10 15 Freezing level 11 6 11 17 Frequency Flight plan 3 7 Monitoring 3 11 Nearest 3 6 New user 3 8 Recent 3 5 Frequency finding 3 5 3 14 FSS 12 1 12 12 Fuel planning 14 18 Fuel settings 1 7 15 23 G GDC 74A ii GDL 69 69A iii 8 19 13 1 13 2 13 8 15 12 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN GDL 69 09A status 15 12 GDL 69 troubleshooting 13 8 Getting started 1 1 Glideslope 3 12 Glossary 18 1 GMT 15 16 GPS 18 14 GPS altitude ii 10 1 10 7 GPS status 15 7 Ground 2 4 Ground speed 10 18 H Hail 11 9 11 10 Haze 11 7 HDOP 15 7 Heading 9 3 9 12 10 10 Helipad 17 2 Heliport 17 1 HFOM 15 7 15 9 Hold 6 11 Home page 1 4 Hot spots 8 32 8 33 HSI 8 29 HSI annunciation 6 14 Icing 11 24 Ident 2 2 3 12 IFR 1 19 ILS 17 1 ILS Approach 6 13 ILS CDI Selection 6 15 Imminent obstacle impact 10 15 Imminent terrain impact 10 15 Insert after 4 8 Insert before 4 7 Intersection 7 10 8 15 8 22 12 4 17 1 Invert flight plan 4 14 4 19 J Jeppesen 1 3 18 9 Jeppesen database 18 9
23. 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action Verity the HOME key is not pressed Contact dealer for service it this message persists Verity the Direct To key is not pressed Contact dealer for service it this message persists Verity the volume knob is not pressed Contact dealer for service it this message persists Verity the dual concentric knob is not pressed Contact dealer for service if this message persists Unlock the flight plan by modifying stored flight plans as necessary to include waypoints procedures and airways that are in the current navigation database Use a different GPS receiver or a non GPS based source of navigation Contact dealer for service if this message persists 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message MAGNETIC VARIATION Aircratt in area with large mag var Verity all course angles NAV ANGLE NAV Angles are referenced to True North T NAV ANGLE NAV Angles are referenced to a User set value U NON WGS84 WAYPOINT See CRG Location may be different than where surveyed for WPT OBS OBS Is not available due to dead reckoning or no active waypoint PARALLEL TRACK Parallel track not supported past IAF 190 01004 03 Rev B Description MagVar is flagged as unreliable in the MagVar database This normally occurs when operating at high latitudes that do not support a Nav Angle of Magnetic Nav angle is set to True
24. 635 The GIN 635 includes all of the features of the GIN 625 and also includes a TSO d airborne VHF communications transceiver 1 1 3 GTN 650 The GTN 650 includes all of the features of the GIN 625 and also includes a TSO d airborne VHF communications transceiver and TSO d airborne VOR Localizer and Glideslope receivers 1 2 About This Pilot s Guide 1 2 1 Conventions Bold text indicates a control The small right knob is the smaller inner knob of the two concentric rotary knobs on the lower right corner of the bezel The large right knob is the larger outer knob Large Outer Knob Small Inner Knob Figure 1 1 Large Small Concentric Knobs A graphic of a control on the side of the page refers to the control you should use for the associated step as shown below 1 2 2 Using the Touchscreen Most of the controls are operated by touching the display Highlighted icons and keys may be simply touched to make a selection A list of menu items may be scrolled by touching the screen and retaining pressure while sliding your finger up or down Map displays may be panned by touching the screen and aan pressure while sliding your finger in the desired direction You can return to the previous page or exit the current function by touching the Back key Quickly return to the Home page by pressing the HOME key Press and Hold the HOME key to reach the Default Nav page 1 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004
25. 6XX is displaying any page other than the Traffic page and a traffic alert becomes active the Traffic Warning pop up will be displayed NOTE The traffic pop up will not appear when your aircraft is on the ground 1 The traffic pop up will appear on pages other than the Traffic page when a traffic alert occurs ee Touch To Go To 4 Wid Traffic Page Traffic Location j Traffic Alert Ownship Position Annunciation Touch To Close Traffic Alert PORR Annunciation Figure 9 8 Traffic Pop Up On the Map Page 2 Touch the Go to Traffic key to view the Traffic page OR 3 Touch the Close key to close the pop up The pop up will return if the traffic alert persists 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 15 A GARMIN 93 Traffic Test The Traffic Test function is only available on some TAS traffic systems The aircraft must be on the ground and Traffic Status must be in Standby ees 1 Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic equipment pare vo 2 Traffic Touch For Traffic Test While In Standby Traffic Status Test Traffic Status Figure 9 9 Traffic Test Mode 2 The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test process is successfully completed 9 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 TERRAIN A 10 1 Terrain Configurations During power up of the GTN 6XX the terrain obstacle database ve
26. Above 2700 ft to 9900 ft Unrestricted All Traffic Shown Table 9 8 Displayed Traffic Range 9 2 4 Traffic System Status NOTE Refer to the equipment documentation for information on the ii self test and operating modes The Traffic Status is indicated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Page Ae TAS Self test Initiated TAS Operating Operate TAS Standby Standby TAS Failed TAS Fail Table 9 9 TAS Modes If the unit fails an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the center of the Traffic Page Data is not being received from the TAS unit Data is being received from the TAS unit but the unit is self reporting a failure Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit Table 9 10 TAS Failure Annunciations 9 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN The annunciations to indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the lower left corner of maps on which traffic can be displayed Traffic Status Banner Description Annunciation System cannot determine bearing of Traffic Advisory Annunciation indicates distance in NM altitude separation in hundreds of feet and altitude trend arrow climbing descending Traffic data has failed Data is being received trom the transponder but a failure is detected in the data stream Traffic has not been detected Table 9 11 TAS Traffic Status Annunciations 9 2 5 Traffic Pop Up When the GTN
27. Airspace Page shows the air space as Airspace Within 2 NM e Ifyou are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current course will take you inside in less than 10 minutes the message AIR SPACE ALERT Airspace within 2nm and entry in less than 10 minutes appears The Nearest Airspace Page shows the airspace as Ahead lt 2 NM e Ifyou have entered an airspace the message AIRSPACE ALERT Inside Airspace appears The Nearest Airspace Page shows Inside of airspace Note that the airspace alerts are based on three dimensional data latitude longitude and altitude to avoid nuisance alerts The alert boundaries for controlled airspace are also sectorized to provide complete information on any nearby airspace Once one of the described conditions exists the message annunciator flashes alerting you of an airspace message if airspace alert messages are enabled See System Alerts to set the Arrival Alert Proximity Airspace Type and Altitude Buffer values 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 9 A GARMIN Map Pointer Map Pointer reword Location Relative p To Present Position Selected Saul Airspace Airspace Sector e Sector S Name Current Position ae Active Flight Airspace Plan Leg Boundary Figure 12 15 Airspace Sectors E 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the Airspace key A list of the nearest 25 Airspaces within 200 NM along the aircraft flight path
28. COD iepisesnsertosiesensaacsenpentnnesearienst 4 21 4 3 5 6 Catalog Route Option Delete 4 22 4 3 6 Dece One PI Tar EE AE T E 4 22 4 3 6 1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog cccscscscssseeecseeseeeseees 4 22 4 3 6 2 Delete Active Flight Plano ccc ccecsecssecsesssecseecseesseceeees 4 23 43 8 Preview Fant Plasera en eeN E EEEE ENERE 4 24 4 3 8 1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan s s s 4 24 4 3 8 2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog c cccecseeeceeeees 4 24 IOC EN Oe coc tecctse case cate ycncanaecntaseessiatesectscesececqesctuveveceanecaraneiacnsstsexeaten 5 1 eke Direc TO NavigatlON sescccesreetsaceenaseeasecesscedeucssesesceaccedsuceteaSecesecedetcpeuadsce om 52 Direct To a Flight Plan WaVDOI svsiccecivesivsnorestceetvoiececavertesaluet dere svosterss 5 3 5 3 DIRECT 10 a Nearest APO GU vaiccsicennecssesicceranicacerssssansieciasrer sabtaariecaneneesantns 5 4 5 4 Removing a Direct TO COUFSE csccsessccssssessssessnsessneessnesesseeessntessatess D 5 59 Dired To Map Wyposa aE ERS 5 6 5 6 Off Route Direct To COUrSC ooo eeeeeceseeceeseeeenseecenseceeneeeenteeeentreesenneeeens 5 7 C Podu e E ee 6 1 6 1 Basic Approach Operations sccscssceascedscesdtasayeatuede send dadsyestendsdeatuadedhdanedsdes 6 1 6 2 Selecting a DOD AIT UNG ca iincseatiecsschacievecdioncietdastesuneseussesdiaiedentieasdesdietde 6 3 6 3 Selecting an AIVal ietissesse cpa antienapaaideunvesianiesadeoheasetdtarnarhiinaneedetieensessailens 6 5 6 4 Sele
29. Data Link Weather menu touch the Icing Icing Potential SLD Threat Shading 7 Present Position Selected Icing Altitude Touch To Select Icing Altitude Figure 11 36 Icing Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude of icing in 3 000 foot increments The selected altitude is shown in a window about the altitude keys Touch the Icing key again to turn it off Icing Potential Light Moderate Severe Extreme SLD Threat Figure 11 37 Icing Legend 11 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 18 Turbulence The Turbulence product provides information about the potential for erratic movement of air at high altitudes Conditions are reported at altitudes between 21 000 and 45 000 feet in 3 000 foot increments Feroulence 1 While viewing the Weather Data Link menu touch the Turbulence key Product Age Turbulence Shading Present Position Selected Turbulence Altitude Touch To Select Turbulence Altitude Figure 11 38 Turbulence 2 Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude for turbulence in 3 000 foot increments The selected altitude is shown in a window about the altitude keys Ferenc 3 Touch the Turbulence key again to turn it off Turbulence Light Moderate Severe Extreme Figure 11 39 Turbulence Legend 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 25 A
30. Fields Defaults HEUD MAD MENU eng 10 eas Default Values Figure 8 3 Map Menu 2 Touch the key for the desired option to access its settings 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Map page Any changes made will be retained until changed or the Restore Defaults key is touched 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 3 A GARMIN 8 1 1 Map Overlays Map Overlays are layers of information that are referenced to geographic Getting location and are overlayed on the base map A green bar will appear below the ill Map Overlay key text when the overlay is selected except for Airways Xoo 8 1 1 1 Topo The Topo Data option selects whether the colored topographical features are comha displayed Traffic Land Data Terrain and Obstacles will still be displayed even with Topo Data turned off Foreword FPL Pera 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch Map Overlays key and Direct To then the TOPO Map Overlay key to toggle the Topo setting a ya SA A CEA Ue Proc m T Wot Info Soap RELTA mine TO i an E Topo Map Overlay Off Topo Map Overlay On Figure 8 4 Topo Map Overlay Selections 2 When the Topo Map Overlay is toggled off all topographic color features are removed ernan 8 1 1 2 Airways The Airways option allows you to select the airways that are shown on the a Map page All Low only and High only Airways may be selected When Off is selected airways will not be shown Map Traffic
31. Figure 14 21 Utility Trip Planning Page With Computed Data Point To Point Mode A NOTE When Local Time is selected in the Setup Date Time feature Sunrise Sunset calculations in the Trip Planning feature are based on the From waypoint time zone For instance a flight plan originating in the Pacific time zone and ending in the Central time zone would show Sunset Sunrise times at the destination in Pacific time This potential offset does not occur when UTC time is used 14 3 2 Flight Plan Mode peyman 1 Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode if required Touch To Select Flight Plan Leg e Trip Planning Touch To Select Flight Plan From Catalog Touch To Select P to P or Flight Plan Mode Touch To Toggle Between Statistics Touch To Select Departure Time and Data Input Touch To Select Touch To Select Departure Date Expected Average Ground Speed 14 22 Utility Trip Planning Page Edit Input Data View Flight Plan Mode wens 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan misde ibu Bi Touch To Select KEKE KPUC active Flight Plan Active RERE FPL Shown KBKE KPUC KMA F KAGS Touch To Scroll List Figure 14 23 Select Flight Plan 14 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 3 Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg If the Cumulative selection is chosen statistics will relate to the entire flight plan Select Leg Touch To Select Flight
32. Freezing Level Legend 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 17 te A GARMIN 11 1 12 METARs METAR METeorological Aerodrome Report known as an Aviation Routine Weather Report is the standard format for current weather observations METARs are updated hourly and are considered current METARs typically contain information about the temperature dew point wind precipitation cloud cover cloud heights visibility and barometric pressure They can also contain information on precipitation amounts lightning and other critical data METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the METAR Product Age Present Position METAR Flags Touch For Detail Man Poonter Teh 10 2 oe Figure 11 23 METARs 2 Toucha METAR to show detailed information Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display METAR KMLI observation Slider Shows More Detail 01 11 16 5207 Available Touch And Wind from 110 at 10a Visibility 2 125M 118 Drag Display To View Light rami misi i Overcast chads at 1100r filigree h Dee point 2 METAR Detail Figure 11 24 METARs Detail 3 Touch the METAR key again to turn it off WETAH Tari METAR VFR MVFR IFR LIFR Unknown Figure 11 25 METARs Legend 11 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 13 Cyclone Foreword The current
33. Frequency Value Figure 3 16 Add New User Frequency Detail Window Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Enter 5 Touch the lower part of the display to select the desired range of characters Select the characters trom the selected alphanumeric range for the desired name Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed Name d User Frequenc one Backspace Alohanumeric Keypad Selected nange Alohanumeric Bamm Keypad Overview Figure 3 17 Select a Name for the New User Frequency 6 Touch the Frequency key and select the characters from the keypad for the desired frequency Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed frequency Figure 3 18 Select a Frequency Value for the New User Frequency 7 Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed name and frequency The new User Frequency will be added to the list User Frequency Name User Frequency Value Touch To Edit User Name and or Frequency Value Figure 3 19 Completed New User Frequency 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 9 A GARMIN 8 Touch the Name or Frequency keys to edit the displayed name or frequency if desired Touch To Edit User Touch To Edit User Frequency Name Frequency Value Touch To Delete User Frequency Figure 3 20 Edit The User Frequency 3 3 3 Emergency Frequency The GIN 635 or 650 emergency frequency select provides a quick method of selecting 121 50 MHz as the ac
34. GARMIN 11 1 19 AIREP PIREP Pilot Weather Reports PIREPs provide timely weather information for a particular route of flight When significant weather conditions are reported or forecast Air Traffic Control ATC facilities are required to solicit PIREPs A PIREP may contain non forecast adverse weather conditions such as low in flight visibility icing conditions wind shear and turbulence PIREPs are issued as either Routine UA or Urgent UUA 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the AIREP PIREP key Touch Weather Info Icon To Touch Weather M 7 Info Icon To View PIREP Details Touch TFR Icon To View TFR Details Figure 11 40 Weather Display With AIREP PIREP Information Active 2 Touch a weather information icon to view details for that item AIRE Position N 4004 20 W110 04 20 Time 18 4 func Wind Direction 230 Wind Speed 9201 Attitude 3400ie Tar perature 55 Report ARP UAL 104 4908N 11007 1843 P3540 M555 2350 0 Tem T TE LGT PIREP vation H 3558 40 Yi 1 5 07 80 Time 2 1 56unc Wind Dir ecti in Unknown Wind Sp apd Unknown Altitude FO0rt Tem perature Unknown Urgent Ho Visibility E Re ao apc Lith pan OY W HHD OL mM E Gane 11 A AIREP it PIREP Detail 3 Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information 4 Touch the AIREP PIREP key again to turn it off 11 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A
35. GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 21 7 Touch the Compute Data key to current flight plan leg E Atile Fuad Planning KBKE KIWF Next A GARMIN display Statistics for the i 1 123 UU ew aOLTin 1410 5in 02 49 14 xP0R1 STBY 1200 Com N S310 O 2mune 04 25 27 Edit Input Bach Lae EPL Figure 14 36 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data Flight Plan Mode a 8 Touch the Previous and Next keys to view statistics for the ai previous and next legs in the flight plan P 9 Touch the Edit Input Data key to return to the display for B selecting Fuel Planning data 10 If desired touch the Use Sensor Data key on the Edit Input Data display When Sensor data is selected the Fuel on Board Traffic Nnathar Veatnel NiaAKvAce Nearest Miicir VIUS C Utilities 14 22 and Fuel Flow values will be inserted by the external sensor and will not be selectable keys Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 14 6 DALT TAS Winds Density Alt TAS Winds indicates the theoretical altitude at which your aircraft performs depending upon several variables including indi Getting cated altitude Indicated ALT barometric pressure BARO and total air 7 temperature TAT the temperature including the heating effect of speed read on a standard outside temperature gauge This item computes true airspeed TAS and density altitude based upon the factors above Als
36. IAF or for Vector approaches to activate a leg that is an extended final approach course You can also FPL Direct To 1 1 Wot Info activate the selected procedure on the Procedures page if the approach is not activated on this page i 9 Touch the Preview key Traffic Sequence List a For The Selected Approach an Transition Diagram Weather Touch To Load Approach Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 9 A I LULUMGARMIN 6 5 Approaches with Procedure Turns The procedure turn portion of an approach is stored as one of the legs of the approach For this reason the GIN 6XX unit requires no special operations from the pilot other than flying the procedure turn itself beyond what is required for any other type of approach Roll steering is provided to aircraft with compatible autopilots 6 6 Flying the Missed Approach If you are at the MAP and the runway environment isn t in sight you must execute a missed approach The GIN 6XX unit continues to give guidance along an extension of the final course segment FAF to MAP until you manually initiate the missed approach procedure as mentioned in reference to the SUSP advisory NOTE Ifthe unit is not configured for a CDI key then the activate GPS missed approach will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing The user must switch to GPS n
37. Receiver Operations The GTN 650 includes digitally tuned Nav localizer and glideslope receivers with the desired frequency selected on the Nav window along the top right hand side of the display Frequency selection is performed by pressing the small right knob to activate Nav Standby frequency editing and then turning the small and large right knobs or keypad to select the desired frequency Nav Control Text Active Nav Standby Nav Frequency Frequency 08 AT Figure 3 22 Nav Frequency Window 3 5 1 Ident Audio and Volume Nav ident is enabled by pressing the Volume knob when the Nav window is active When Nav ident is enabled the ID annunciation will appear in the active Nav window When the Nav function is enabled the Nav Standby channel window will highlight briefly and then turn to blue text The Nav Standby frequency will be active for editing for about 30 seconds before the Com Standby frequency becomes active for editing Nav Ident Is Active Nav Standby Channel Highlighted To Indicate It Is Active for Frequency Selection Figure 3 23 Nav Standby Frequency Window is Active Nav audio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob Turn the Volume knob clockwise to increase volume or counterclockwise to decrease volume 3 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 3 5 2 Nav Tuning Window Nav frequencies are selected with the tuning cursor in the standby Nav frequency field and using the s
38. Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 17 A GARMIN Note 1 There are several reference datums that waypoints can be surveyed against en TSO C146 normally requires that all waypoints be referenced to the WGS84 Getting datum but allows for navigation to waypoints that are not referenced to the Started WGS84 datum so long as the pilot is notified Certain waypoints in the navigation eee database are not referenced to the WGS84 datum or their reference datum is a unknown It this is the case this message is displayed Garmin cannot determine Stier exactly how close the non WGS84 referenced waypoint will be to the WGS84 datum that the GTN uses Typically the distance is within two nautical miles The Fi majority of non WGS84 waypoints are located outside of the United States Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrail Weather Nearest Vlusic Utilities System Symbols Appendix Index 16 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 17 SYMBOLS The following tables describe the symbols that are found on the Map display 17 1 Map Page Symbols Description Non towered Non serviced Airport Towered Non serviced Airport a ee Non towered Serviced Airport a Towered Serviced Airport Ee Soft Surface Serviced Airport o O Soft Surface Non serviced Airport E Co m o E Oo LOM compass locator at outer marker o e NDB Non directional Radio Beacon e w ooo o VOM
39. Service Station FSS and center ARTCC FIR points of communication and alert you to any Special Use SUA or Controlled Airspace you may be in or near Function Title Touch Slider And Drag To View More Waypoint Types Nearest Waypoint Types Use Up Down Keys To View More Waypoint Types Figure 12 1 Nearest Page List List List Wot Info Wot Info Frequency List List List jet Nearest Wot Info Wot Info Frequency List List List Wot Info Airspace Info Wot Info Freq Frequency Figure 12 2 Nearest Page Functional Map 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 1 12 1 A GARMIN Select a Nearest Page The available waypoint types are shown on the Nearest page Touch the key to display the nearest 25 waypoint types FSS and ARTCC will display up to five items Not all 25 nearest waypoints can be displayed on the corresponding Nearest page at one time The Nearest page displays detailed information for five nearest items 12 2 On the Home page touch the Nearest key Touch the desired waypoint type Airport VOR etc and then touch the Up and Down keys on the lower right of the display to navigate through the list of available items You can also touch an item on the list and drag your finger to scroll the list Touch the highlighted item to view more detailed information To navigate Direct To the waypoint you re viewing press the Direct To key The waypoint will be loade
40. To Set Fuel Full Capacity Fuel Capacity Setup Touch To Touch To Return Set Fuel Tab To Fuel On Capacity Board Display Figure 1 13 Fuel Capacity Setup Page 1 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN eis 6 On the Instrument Panel Self Test page touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the numeric keypad to set those values Touch kaw the Enter key after selecting the Fuel Flow values Started Touch To Selected Fuel Delet Flow Value Characters Touch Keys To Select Fuel Flow Values Touch To Cancel eee Selection And Return To Previous Page Flow Values Figure 1 14 Fuel Flow Setup Page cornu 7 After returning to the Instrument Panel Self Test page and the fuel values have been set touch the Continue key to advance to the Home page Figure 1 15 Home Page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 9 A GARMIN 1 5 System Operation 1 5 1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls Started Except for the knobs the HOME key and Direct To key on the bezel the controls for the GIN 6XX are located on the display and activated by your Foreword Getting Xpdr Ctrl touch Touchscreen Keys Com Nav Touch to Toggle Activation is as 5800 dey Direct To Proc Back to Previous Page ane Wpt Info Touch to Zoom In and Out Map Figure 1 16 On Screen Keys and Active Display Areas afc 1 5 2 Setup Page GTN 6XX system settings are managed from the Syste
41. United States Canada or Taiwan for service To obtain warranty service contact your local Garmin Authorized Service Center For assistance in locating a Service Center near you visit the Garmin web site at http www garmin com or contact Garmin Customer Service at 800 800 1020 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN WARNING Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated upon the use of the terrain function The GTN 6XX Terrain Proximity feature is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of surroundings during flight The Terrain Proximity feature is only to be used as an aid for terrain avoidance and is not certified for use in applications requiring a certified terrain awareness system Terrain data is obtained from third party sources Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of the terrain data WARNING The displayed minimum safe altitudes MSAs are only advisory in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and terrain avoidance information Always refer to current aeronautical charts for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes WARNING The Garmin GTN 6XX has a very high degree of functional integrity However the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and or self test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical Alt
42. While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Parallel Track key Touch Te Touch To Set PTK Set PTK Direction Distance PTK Status Touch To Activate PIK Settings Figure 4 29 Parallel Track Selection 2 Touch the Direction key to toggle the Parallel Track to be Left or Right of the current Flight Plan 3 Touch the Offset key to select the Parallel Offset trom the current Flight Plan Select the desired distance on the numeric keypad Touch Enter when finished 4 Touch the Activate key A magenta P indication will appear to the right of the waypoint name on the Active Flight Plan page KSLE S KPUC Active FPL Leg PTK Active Symbol Rack k 4 Dow Figure 4 30 Parallel Track Shown in the Active Flight Plan Page 5 To deactivate Parallel Track while viewing the Active Flight Plan touch the Menu key With the Flight Plan Menu displayed touch the Deactivate PTK key Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 3 4 Edit Data Fields The Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan along with the Desired Track DTK Distance DIS for each leg and Cumulative Distance CUM The data fields are user selectable and may be changed to display Cumulative Distance CUM Distance DIS Desired Track DTK En Route Safe Altitude ESA Estimated Time of Arrival ETA or Estimated Time En route ETE Com Na DIS Between Legs DTK
43. Wot Info Touch To ie 3 Map Symbol Remove The i re Direct To Course ESS 125 90 Touch To ma Activate The Sera Direct To Course Figure 5 9 Touch the Map to Create a MAPWPT as the Direct To Course Destination 3 Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to activate the selection 5 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 5 6 Off Route Direct To Course An off route Direct To course may be selected by using the Waypoint tab Nrst Apt tab or selecting an airport on the map When an off route Direct To lt 2 course is activated the existing active flight plan will be deactivated The original active flight plan and waypoint sequencing is reactivated when the Direct To course is removed Direct To Waypoint ener MAPWPT J Flight Plan Data Flight Plan ha ag h leit sch 1 i Waypoint List Am XFL Flagler Co Aii Figure 5 10 Active Flight Data is Removed When a Direct To Course is Activated UTHITIOS 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 7 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL oe Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 5 8 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 PROCEDURES The GIN 6XX allows you to fly non precision a
44. and then touch the Enter key 14 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 14 1 5 Before After Target Waypoint This setting designates whether the offset distance defines a point before you reach the target reference waypoint or after you reach the waypoint The After selection is not available for the last waypoint in a flight plan 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the Before After key 2 Touching the Before After key will toggle between Before and After the Target Waypoint 14 1 6 Target Waypoint Select the waypoint in the flight plan that will be used for planning a descent When using a flight plan the target waypoint is a reference that can be specified from the waypoints contained in the flight plan By default the last waypoint in the een plan is selected 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch Target Waypoint select VNAW T arget KT WWF Joslin Fld Magic Valley Re KCOD one Regl Figure 14 9 Select VCALC Target Waypoint List 2 A list of the remaining waypoints in the flight plan will be shown Touch the desired waypoint to select it as the Target Waypoint 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 7 A GARMIN 14 1 7 Display VCALC Messages Selecting Display Messages will allow the display of messages about the VCALC function when they occur With Display Messages not selected VCALC messages will not be displayed 1 While viewin
45. delete the existing active flight plan Hight Pinn Meru Touch To Delete Flight Plan Figure 4 3 Delete Existing Flight Plan A single waypoint may be deleted by touching the waypoint and then touching the Remove key Remove Existing Waypoint Laad iti Touch To Remove PROC Eal Waypoint Figure 4 4 Remove Single Existing Waypoint 4 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Touch the Add Waypoint key and select a waypoint identitier with the alphanumeric keypad Then touch Enter Touch To Display re Selected Waypoint Waypoint si be sisal shah Identifier Categories Manchester Find Selected Character R 5 T U V Ra nge ABCOEFGHIJKLMANOPORSTUVWXYZ0 123456789 Touch To Select Character Range Figure 4 5 Select a Waypoint for the New Flight Plan Touch the Add Waypoint key and select the waypoint identifier with the keypad for the next waypoint Touch Enter 5 Or touch Find select a category and then select the waypoint identifier with the keypad Touch Enter a Find Waypoints Recent Nearest Flight Plan z Touch To Select Waypoint Category search Dy Search by Name City Figure 4 6 Select a Waypoint Category for Selecting Flight Plan Waypoints 6 Continue adding waypoints as needed 7 Touch Menu and then touch Store to store the flight plan in the Catalog The screen will now display the Flight Plan Catalog and show the new flight plan Flight pl
46. detail Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl VOR Frequency Inserted Into Standby Window Touch To Flip Flop Fregs Com Nav FPL VOR Map Preview e Figure 12 10 Nearest VOR Frequency Entry Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 12 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 12 5 Nearest NDB The Nearest NDB Page displays the identifier symbol bearing distance and frequency to the 25 nearest NDBs within 200 NM of your present position 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the NDB key A list of the nearest 25 NDBs within 200 NM will be listed Hemne NDB Identifier NDB Touch For Information More Detail To 1200 A Arrows Indicate More m tems On The List Figure 12 11 Nearest NDB Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list Touch the NDB Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected NDB Touch To Select NDB Information New Waypoint Referenced To Additional NDB Current Position Information Touch To View NDB Map Detail Figure 12 12 Nearest NDB Waypoint Information 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 7 A GARMIN 12 6 Nearest User Waypoint The Nearest User Waypoint Page displays the name bearing and distance to the 25 nearest user waypoints within 200 NM of your present position L 1 While
47. individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at close ranges It has no information about storms directly over the site e Each square block on the display represents an area of four square kilometers 2 15 NM The intensity level reflected by each square represents the highest level of NEXRAD data sampled within the area Block Area Is 4 km TERADE 2 15 NM NEXRAD US Block Area Is 4 km 2 15 NM Figure 11 9 NEXRAD Data Blocks The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images Ground clutter e Strobes and spurious radar data e Sun strobes when the radar antenna points directly at the sun e Interference from buildings or mountains which may cause shadows e Metallic dust from military aircraft which can cause alterations in radar scans 11 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN NEXRAD Limitations Canada e Radar coverage extends to 55 N e Any precipitation displayed between 52 N and 55 N is displayed as mixed because it is unknown Precipitation Above 52 N E Figure 11 10 NEXRAD Data Canada Canadian radar data provided by Environment Canada VWOCICO 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 11 Foreword Getting J Traffic ierrain Weather Nearest Nearest A GARMIN 11 1 6 Echo Tops Echo Tops data shows the location elevation and direction of the highest radar echo The h
48. navigation database GAD 42 GAD 42 indicates a Verify all input output data from GAD 42 configuration error to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter configuration Contact dealer for service needs service 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 Messages Message GAD 42 GAD 42 needs service GLIDESLOPE Glideslope receiver needs service GLIDESLOPE Glideslope receiver has failed GPS NAVIGATION LOST Insufficient satellites Use other navigation source GPS NAVIGATION LOST Erroneous position Use other navigation source GPS RECEIVER GPS receiver has failed Check GPS coax for electrical short 16 8 Description GAD 42 indicates it needs service The GAD 42 may continue to function The glideslope board is indicating that it needs service The glideslope board may continue to function The glideslope board is not communicating property with the system GPS position has been lost due to lack of satellites GPS position has been lost due to erroneous position Internal communication to the SBAS board is inoperative Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action Verity all input output data trom to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter Contact dealer for service Verity glideslope deviation indications with another source and crosscheck final approach fix crossing altitude If another glideslope source is not available for veri
49. not increase cabin airflow especially failed turning at the desired near the GTN to prevent damage RPM to the unit Contact dealer for Service CROSSFILL Crossfill is not See section 15 4 6 for a list of ERROR working due to loss crosstilled items that will no longer Crossfill is of communication be crossfilled Contact dealer for inoperative with other GTN or due service to one GTN needing service CROSSFILL Crossfill is configured See section 15 4 6 for a list of ERROR on but is not working crossfilled items that will no longer GTN software due to software be crossfilled Contact dealer to mismatch See mismatch have software versions updated CRG for crossfilled items DATABASE A new database update Verify stored cataloged flight plans A procedure has caused a procedure to and procedures Modify stored been modified in be truncated because flight plans and procedures as a cataloged flight the flight plan now has necessary to include the current plan too many waypoints or procedures by re loading those removed a procedure procedures to the stored flight because it no longer plan routes exists in the database 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 5 Messages Message DATABASE Verify user modified procedures in stored flight plans are correct DATABASE Verify airways in stored flight plans are correct DATABASE Terrain or Obstacle d
50. not affect the FOB figure and is not retained the next time you view the page 1 Point To Point Mode The Fuel Planning Point to Point mode shows fuel calculations between two selected points either two waypoints from the database or from your present WINS position to a selected waypoint 1 While viewing the Utilities page touch the Fuel Planning key ges ergg 2 Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point to Point if required ka 3 Touch the P POS key to toggle between using your present 14 18 position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint selected trom the database when P POS is deselected If P POS is selected the Lat Lon of the present position will be shown in the From position Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Touch To Select Touch To Select From Waypoint To Waypoint Touch To Use ay Getting Present Position Started Touch To Select ai As si a P to P or Flight a Plan Mode Touch To Select Ext Sensor Data Touch To Select Compute Fuel Com Nay i Statistics Touch To Select Touch To Select Touch To Sled a Fuel on Board Fuel Flow Expected Average Ground Speed Figure 14 27 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data Point to Point Mode Remaining Fuel At Destination Wpt Info Selected Distance a ptr rach El Measured KRKE b KPUC Flight Time ee Available With Fuel Required For Cc Hezerve ae xP Remaining Fuel _ the Flight Plan TETEE Ay Desti
51. not display any additional StormScope data 1 While viewing the StormScope page touch the In and Out keys to display a larger or smaller area 11 2 5 Displaying StormScope Data on the Map Page The Map Page displays cell or strike information using yellow lightning strike symbology overlaid on a moving map This added capability improves situational awareness which in turn makes it much easier for the pilot to relate storm activity to airports NAVAIDs obstacles and other ground references eatner NOTE StormScope data is displayed on the Map Page only if aircraft heading is available On the Home page touch the Map key Touch the Menu key Touch the StormScope key to enable StormScope lightning display on the Map page Repeated touches toggle between Off Cell and Strike 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 29 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 11 30 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 12 NEAREST The Nearest function provides detailed information for the 25 nearest airports VORs NDBs Intersections and User waypoints within 200 NM of your current position In addition the Nearest pages include the five nearest Flight
52. page setup you can select the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown Once outside of the selected range traffic will be decluttered The default values are shown in bold type Traffic Selection Display Result Range 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM All Traffic PA TA TA Only Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Table 8 4 Map Page Traffic Display Options 8 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 2 6 Weather Optional The Weather group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to customize the NEXRAD Viewing Range NEXRAD Cell Movement and XM Getting Lightning Viewing range Weather is an optional feature that requires a GDL 0 69 69A and an XM Weather subscription or WX 500 StormScope Feature Selection eal Cell Movement Off On METAR Off On Cloud Tops Off On Lightning Off On Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Proc Table 8 5 Map Setup Weather Options 8 1 3 Map Data Fields The Map Data Fields selection allows you to configure the data field type PERG shown in each of the four corners of the Map page The data shown in each field may be selected from a list after Change Data Fields is selected 1 While viewing the Map page touch the Menu key 2 From the Map Menu screen touch the Change Data Fields 0 key ahi a Lue i Touch To Select Data Field 2500 siidi U
53. receivers The GPS receiver can be used for guidance prior to reaching the final approach fix but once there the proper frequency must be selected on the VLOC window right side of screen and the CDI output set to VLOC L1 2nm 1 21m MANUAL The GIN 6XX can be set to automatically switch the external CDI output from GPS to VLOC as you intercept the final approach course if used with a KAP140 KFC225 autopilot you will need to manually enable outputs See instructions in the Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 section When the ILS approach is activated and the correct ILS frequency is active in the VLOC window the GIN 6XX automatically switches within 1 2 NM left or right of the final approach course This switch can take place anywhere from 2 0 to 15 0 NM from the FAF The illustration shows multiple locations along the approach path and the CDI selection that you can expect GPS or VLOC Within the area of the shaded box the automatic switch from GPS to VLOC should occur 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 13 Proc A GARMIN A NOTE If you attempt to intercept the approach course at a distance less than 2 0 NM from the FAF the GTN 6XX does not automatically switch the CDI to VLOC In this case touch the CDI key to manually switch from GPS to VLOC The automatic switch from GPS to VLOC is not immediate but instead occurs gradually to prevent abrupt CDI cha
54. seve N E A E A E itil 17 1 17 41 Map Page SYMDO Siionin n EE nE aenar 17 1 17 2 SateTaki A 1111 0 6 eee er 17 2 Nc WAU Go a E E oseuntaiorsextcssrsantazeis 17 2 17 4 Terain Obstacle SYMONS sicisdncersisentsentedneecessepeneeiedactsnaeemeieeisiaetcaanieests 17 3 17 9 Baseman SWING eserin na E N A eae 17 4 O Map ToB ar ymo Saane 17 4 I7 Mielaneo s SYMOOIS cn scetetacectcseucventefaceassetsoieeatraes en eeisenc reenact 17 5 18 FDC aap A E E EAE 18 1 o OS I a a E arse ornate sesasnaeones tos sams ectsseee ie ores 18 1 18 2 SD Card Use and Databases ccccccccsecscscsssssscessesssssesssesesseeeeees 18 9 18 2 1 Jeppesen Databases ecnccscnscannsaacasdsacnssinecasessdstasesiwocauessbeacteaes 18 9 18 2 2 Garmin Databases sastcsoctaarteutniensiciceastetinewinerastatanecne 18 10 18 3 Demo ModE ccoteat tov sceccectisresncatesieosstiorsuntiuesdentstinsivetaunssentatoisesainseentate 18 13 18 4 Glove Qualification Procedure cccccccccceceescceccececseccececsereeeeeeentrteeeess 18 16 E ON EE E A E E E N Index 1 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XV Foreward Foreward A GARMIN Welcome Welcome to the GTN era of navigation The Garmin GTN supports airway navigation and flexible flight planning including arrival and departure procedures and precision approaches All of these advanced features are easily accessed with an easy to use touchscreen display another first for general aviation You can be confiden
55. single TA remains on the display no additional voice alerts are generated If a second TA appears on the display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently increases another voice alert is generated Not Info A Traffic Not Available TNA voice alert is generated when the TIS service becomes unavailable or is out of range Traffic may not be displayed in the radar coverage area due to the following e Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service e Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the TIS capable Mode S radar site e Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and out of range of an adjacent site e Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage In flat terrain the coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles Terrain and obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all directions e Traffic does not have an operating transponder System 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 7 A GARMIN 9 1 7 TIS System Status The GTN 6XX performs an automatic test of TIS during power up If TIS passes the test TIS enters Standby Mode on the ground or Operating Mode in the air If TIS fails the power up test an annunciation is shown in the center of the Traffic Map Page Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action for a failure message Tr
56. stared in on airports The airport display on the map reveals runways with numbers taxiways with identifying letters numbers airport Hot Spots and airport Foreword Wr landmarks including ramps buildings control towers and other prominent features Resolution is greater at lower map ranges zooming in When the Com Nav _ TOE ER T ETa aircraft location is within the screen boundary including within SafeTaxi ranges anairplane symbol is shown on any of the navigation map views for enhanced position awareness Direct To Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting taxiways and runways and or complex ramp areas Airport Hot Spots are outlined oc to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional awareness contusion or runway incursions happen most often Hot Spots are defined with Wot Inf a magenta circle or outline around the region of possible confusion Taxiway Detail Taxiway Identification Map Traffic Aircraft Position Terrain j ee N a Weather Figure 8 40 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page 8 7 1 Using SafeTaxi Nearest l E Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi vux airport layout within the maximum configured range During ground operations the aircrafts position is displayed in reference to Jules taxiways runways and airport features The nose of the ownship symbol not the center depicts
57. the connection to GTN transponder is lost Messages 16 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message Description Action TRUE NORTH A procedure is loaded Verify the Nav Angle is set to True APPROACH that is referenced North Verify NAV Angles to true north and are referenced to the active leg has a True North T published true north reference VERTICAL User has contigured No action is necessary message Is CALCULATOR a vertical descent informational only Approaching target calculation and the altitude Start aircraft is within descent 60 seconds of the calculated top of descent VERTICAL User has configured No action is necessary message is CALCULATOR a vertical descent informational only Approaching target calculation and the altitude aircraft is approaching the target altitude VLOC RECEIVER The nav radio is Use GPS based navigation Navigation receiver reporting that it needs Contact dealer for service needs service service The nav radio may continue to function VLOC RECEIVER The nav radio is not Use GPS based navigation Navigation receiver communicating property Contact dealer for service has failed with the system WAYPOINT User has contigured No action is necessary message is Arriving at wpt the arrival alarm and informational only name is within the specified distance Table 16 1 Messages 190 01004 03
58. the Standby mode Standby is displayed in the Traffic mode field A NOTE Not all TAS systems can be set to Standby mode while in the 9 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 9 2 1 2 Range Ring Touching the In and Out keys will zoom in and out in preset steps depending on the installed equipment as shown in the following table aa Traffic Device Map Ranges Garmin GTS 800 Skywatch SKY497 2 NM 6 NM 12 NM hass oe Com Nav Garmin GTS 820 and 850 Honeywell 2 NM 6 NM 12 NM 24 NM 40 NM KTA 810 TAS KTA 910 TAS KMH FPL 820 IHAS KMH 920 IHAS and Avidyne TAS 620 Ryan 9900BX Direct To Table 9 7 Available Traffic Range Ring Steps 9 2 2 Altitude Display Changing the altitude display mode 1 While viewing the Traffic page touch the Traffic Status key to begin displaying traffic TAS OPERATING is displayed in the Traffic Status field ery 2 Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by touching the BELOW NORMAL ABOVE or UNREST unrestricted keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field Altitude Filter Selected Normal Altitude Filter Slider Indicates More Selections Above Are Available Utiites Below Figure 9 7 Traffic Altitude Filter Page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 13 GARMIN Below 9900 ft to 2700 ft Normal 2700 ft to 2700 ft
59. the keypad to select the characters for the name and then touch Enter 7 6 2 Select User Waypoint From A List 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the User WPT key Touch the View All key and then use the Up and Down keys to view the waypoints on the list User Psh Sq Waypoint omer FRNKCK 17a List Name AAR 118 20 User USR D ic m Waypoint abay 318 List User Waypoint ISROO Figure 7 18 Waypoint Info User Waypoint List 7 6 3 Edit User Waypoint Bm 1 Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Edit key 2 Touch the key for the desired information and make changes as needed 7 6 4 Delete User Waypoint 1 Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Delete key 2 Touch the OK key to confirm deleting the selected waypoint 1 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 7 Create Waypoint User waypoints are created from the Create User Waypoint page To create a new user waypoint simply enter its name identifier and position or reference another waypoint by radial and distance Create User Waypoint Touch To View Waypoint Name aP Area Map Waypoint Comment Temporary Temporary Waypoint Touch to Finalize Waypoint Creation Touch To Setup Ref Wot Create Cante Figure 7 19 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Proc From the Waypoint Info page touch the Create Wpt key en Wot Info 2 Touch the User Identifier key 3
60. to differences in finger size glove size and touchscreens between the 6XX or 7XX unit the qualification granted by this procedure is specific to the pilot glove and 6XX or 7XX combination GIN 6XX and 7XX units must be evaluated separately The GTN touchscreen uses capacitive touch technology to sense the proximity of skin to the display A glove increases the distance between skin and the display glass and may reduce the ability of the GTN to detect touches Therefore when selecting a glove for use with the GTN thinner gloves tend to work better than thicker gloves Leather gloves and gloves designed to work specifically with capacitive touchscreen devices are often found to be acceptable Additionally altering your touch technique to use the pad of your finger to touch the unit rather than the tip will increase the touchscreen sensitivity while using gloves This qualification must be completed on the ground Performing this procedure in flight is not authorized Table 18 1 contains tasks that are required to qualify a glove Table 18 2 contains tasks that are not required to qualify a glove but may limit the manner in which some functions are accessed while a glove is worn 1 Sit in the pilot s seat 2 Start the GTN in Demo mode by pressing and holding the Direct To key during power up 3 Perform the tasks listed in Table 18 1 and Table 18 2 with an ungloved hand You do not need to record any results for this step 4 Perform the
61. will be listed depending on the airspace Direct To types and values set by the user meea Wearest A rspace T Proc NORTH PEARY t In Airspace MELOPA LOCKA PY 02 03 o ee Airspace Name yi Proximity Information Figure 12 16 Nearest Airspace List 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list rn fant 3 Touch the Airspace Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected Airspace A tl gt Weather Co nt Almiuce Hi Airspace WE ir Name OFA LOCKA D Inside of Alert e Airspace Contact JPA LOCKA TWA TR aria St Al pers Pe z Airspace Music asi _ Information Touch To Touch To View Airspace View Airspace Frequency List Vicinity Map Cl Aba aR system Figure 12 17 Nearest Airspace Waypoint Information Once you have been provided an airspace alert message detailed information concerning the specific airspace is provided on the Nearest Airspace Page The Nearest Airspace Page displays the airspace name status AIRSPACE ALERT inside Airspace AIRSPACE ALERT Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes etc and a time to entry if applicable By selecting any airspace name listed on the Nearest Airspace Page additional details are provided including controlling agency communication frequencies and floor ceiling limits 12 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 12 8 Nearest ARTCC The Nearest ARTCC page displays the facility name be
62. will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations The Push To Talk key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored and the com radio will no longer transmit Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only Verity the OBS MODE SEL key switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists Verity the CDI SRC SEL key switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists Verity the Push To Talk key switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message REMOTE KEY STUCK Com remote transter key is stuck REMOTE KEY STUCK Com remote frequency increment key is stuck REMOTE KEY STUCK Com remote frequency decrement key is stuck 190 01004 03 Rev B Description Action The remote com transfer Verity the COM RMT XFR key COM RMT XFR key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations The remote com frequency increment COM CHAN UP key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations The
63. y quickly navigate from your present position ERa directly to a selected waypoint flight plan waypoint or nearest airport Direct To a Waypoint 1 Press Direct To 2 Touch the Waypoint tab and then select the characters for the desired waypoint Pent 3 Touch Enter or press the small right knob Text near the small right knob indicates its current function OR Edit Wot Psh Activate G 1 6 2 Direct To a Flight Plan Waypoint 1 Press Direct To p gt 2 Touch the FPL tab and then the desired Flight Plan pL waypoint iey 3 Touch Activate Direct To a Nearest Airport 1 Press Direct To 2 Touch the Nearest tab and then the desired airport from the yessayes Nearest Airport list Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to show more of the list 3 Touch Activate or press the small right knob 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 15 A GARMIN 1 7 Selecting Com Frequencies Com Standby Standby Frequency au Editing Window Backspace Key Volume and Active Com Frequency Squelch Standby Frequency Monitor Key Standby Com Frequency Frequency l Com Nav Transfer Flip Flop FPL so r Find Large and Small Knobs Direct To n 1 Frequency Adjust Press to Toggle Com and Nav Functions Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 1 19 Com Radio Frequency Selection Page To switch between Com and Nav frequency selection Tuning control normally remains in the Com window and will
64. 0 Pilot s Guide 1 3 A GARMIN Inserting an SD Card 1 Insert the SD card in the SD card slot the label side of the card should face the right edge of the display bezel i 2 To eject the card gently press on the SD card to release the Dice spring latch 1 3 2 Pilot Controls The GIN 6XX controls have been designed to simplify operation of the system and minimize workload and the time required to access sophisticated functionality Controls are located on the bezel and on the touchscreen display Controls are comprised of dual concentric knobs volume squelch knob bezel keys and active touch areas on the display 1 3 2 1 Volume Squelch Knob The Volume knob located in the top left corner of the bezel controls audio volume for the selected Com radio or Nav receiver and other volume levels for external audio input devices that are controlled via the GTN interface if installed When the Com radio is active press the Volume knob momentarily to disable automatic squelch control for the Com radio When the Nav radio is active press the Volume knob momentarily to enable disable the ident tone for the Nav radio Figure 1 3 Volume Squelch Knob 1 3 2 2 Large Small Concentric Knobs The large right and small right knobs are used for data entry such as in the Waypoint or Direct To functions and to set the frequencies for the communications transceiver or the VOR Localizer receiver in units so equipped Figure 1 4 Large Small Conce
65. 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide K King autopilot 6 17 Knobs 1 2 1 4 L Land data 8 4 8 16 Lat Lon 8 22 Legend 11 4 Com Na Level 10 13 10 16 Lighting 15 27 Lightning 8 19 8 22 11 6 11 20 Limitations 9 5 10 6 11 10 LNAV 6 14 LNAV V 6 14 LNAV VNAV Approach 6 2 Load procedures in FPL 4 9 Localizer 3 12 6 15 Local offset 15 16 Locking screw 1 3 Low alt 6 2 LP approach 6 14 LPV Approach 6 2 6 14 LIVNAV 6 14 M Magnetic variation 15 23 15 24 Manual mag var 15 24 Map 8 1 Nearest Symbols 8 31 Map controls 8 25 Map data fields 8 19 Map Detail 8 21 Map menu 8 3 Map orientation 8 10 Map overlay 8 4 System Map panning 8 23 MAPR 6 2 Messages Map range 8 10 8 32 9 13 10 10 Map setup 8 Map symbols 17 1 17 4 Map toolbar symbols 17 4 Mean Sea Level 10 1 Message 10 14 10 18 16 1 METARs 11 6 11 18 UTHITIES Index 3 Minimum runway length 1 12 Miscellaneous symbols 17 5 Missed Approach 6 10 MOA 8 22 17 5 Model descriptions 1 1 Monitoring frequency 3 11 Moving map 1 3 MSAS 15 10 MSL 10 7 Music 13 1 13 3 Mute 13 6 N National Weather Service 11 8 Nav angle 15 23 15 24 Navigation database 15 5 18 9 Navigation map 8 32 Navigation source iii Nav range ring 8 11 NDB 7 12 8 15 8 22 12 7 17 1 Nearest airport 1 12 1 15 12 3 15 17 Nearest airspace 12 9 Nearest ARTCC 12 11 Nearest frequency 3 6 Nearest FSS 12 12 Ne
66. 3 shows the least detail Figure 8 28 Map Detail Declutter Levels 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 21 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 1 While viewing the Map page touch the Menu key 2 While viewing the Map Menu touch the Map Detail scale and slide your finger to adjust the level Features marked with a are shown at the indicated Map Detail Declutter Level 1 2 e3 Feature 0 1 2 3 Class D Airspace Feature 0 o River Lake Names a Land Country Text L Large City ee Medium City ee Small City ee EA Small Town rees e nms e O O i eair O s e O emais O res ce Poca oundaies e O O wos FUseriagonts ee Ruma labo ee latltonGrids e e Lightning Strike Data e e e Oow woa ee ows etess e O meses ee O l tetet e ee Flas Baise e weere e escape e e aeres e e ee ee ee ee ee Table 8 7 Features Shown at Each Map Detail Level EZ ES _ ka EZ o MeAras e Caution areas e Ea KA EA E3 E 8 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 2 Map Panning In the Map Page function panning allows you to move the map beyond its current limits without adjusting the map scale The panning funct
67. 5 1 Ss Ae oOo 2h 0 ee ENEE eee cents tear 14 5 14 1 3 Vertical Speed VS Profile 14 6 ATE T A a AE 14 6 14 1 5 Before After Target Waypoint ccccccsecsecsecsecsecteceeeeeceees 14 7 t416 Target Wyp ANT assena a 14 7 14 1 7 Display VCALC Me SSaQ S ccccccccccsesecsessessesssessesesseeseeees 14 8 14 1 8 Restore VCALC Detfaults cc cccscsscssssssssssseeeeeesseseeaees 14 8 Wee OI ANONGES a EE 14 9 14 3 RAIM Predio asciterats novksivesgesipertinsasgenstiona enue arnestesnicanasiguetiennsceensiasnseantimnaionets 14 10 VAY MOH ONNIN lt usctoosozescue tersisa aano n R 14 12 AAA Point To Point VOCE ss sccacteetraiesssasssonriasimstpenrismeastiendes 14 13 14 3 2 Flight Plan OCG tac ace sesssoeercsner tes pesartiendtaanGetagnactetdean Goctcens 14 16 CE PT ARIAL E A E E E E 14 18 14 5 1 Point To Point VOCS sins srizizy stisenenieqetoenwis 14 18 14 5 2 Flight Plan Mode scieccsscavsaceidensicatdepeatetaceticatdopsacaiacnedeseeustes 14 21 14 6 DALT TAS WindS scssusecrscsecs srsecescupescrsensacscdurseceenscadeseusaceeeusseceacepeates 14 23 147 Cean Seen 60a th en a 14 26 E SVT e E 15 1 15 1 1 Serial Number and System ID oo cccccesecsessesssessecesseesesseeees 15 4 15 2 Version IO LOM saessstasstustaststanbtanstenauiatavvanstiabisisandients 15 4 1513 Database IMONM ANC asscrssszcasedecrs deadersceeioazssscaserscauisersstcacaze 15 4 ie eG go cS ee E EE E 15 7 15 2 1 GPS Status PAGE cavsnescsennoeusdedecdeenensened
68. 5 XM radio volume 13 6 XM Satellite Radio 13 1 XM troubleshooting 13 8 XM weather 11 1 Z Zulu 15 16 Index 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 2011 GARMIN Corporation GARMIN International Inc 1200 East 151 Street Olathe Kansas 66062 U S A Tel 913 397 8200 or 800 800 1020 Fax 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Rd S E Salem Oregon 97302 U S A Tel 503 581 8101 or 800 525 6726 Fax 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Liberty House Bulls Copse Road Hounsdown Business Park Southampton SO40 ORB U K Tel 44 0 870 850 1243 Fax 44 0 238 052 4004 GARMIN Corporation No 68 Jangshu 2 Road Shijr Taipei County Taiwan Tel 886 2 2642 9199 Fax 886 2 2642 9099 Garmin Singapore Pte Ltd 46 East Coast road 05 06 Eastgate Singapore 428766 Tel 65 63480378 Fax 65 63480278 www garmin com Part Number 190 01004 03 Rev B
69. 6 7 2 4 PIV AY S cctssciessatetauuscnusayntatsicuntavseanaiatetan EEAS 1 1 1 2 5 Frequencies cccecsccssssessecessscecsececsenseseneesaneesaueesseneessseeseneess 1 8 7 2 6 Weather WX Data cccceccccsscccecsesneecceeseeneeceessesnaeeeeeeennaeees 7 9 Intersection INT ccccccccccccceccecceecteccecceeeeeeeeecesneeeeeeentseeersennteterentes 7 10 IY OUR E TEE E E sede Geese ue E E E E eee 7 11 PUNE ces E E DS EE EE P E E E E 7 12 User Waypoints USET casos scncscetacoccunevaecdeteis ante seeedeteaesieat veces eee 7 13 7 6 1 Select User Waypoint By Name cccccesecsscseeseseseseeteeseeees 7 14 7 6 2 Select User Waypoint From A List ccccescscsesssesecseeseeeeeees 7 14 1 6 3 Edit User VV ON aseran n 7 14 7 6 4 Delete User Waypoint cccccccsscsecscsscssscessesseesseseseeteeeen 7 14 dal Create WayDOINt ccccescccssssessssessssessssesseseesensessneessneesaes 7 15 1 1 1 Waypoint Location Based on Lat Lon Coordinates 7 16 7 1 2 Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials cccscesceceesesseteeeseees 7 17 1 1 3 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance ccccecsseeeees 7 18 Map oia A E N 8 1 ETER IMEI E E A AA 8 3 8 1 1 IVP T ETE E A A EN EE A 8 4 elel VOW e E A E EE 8 4 Cla AN E E EE 8 4 s e e E E E E 8 5 8 1 1 4 NEXRAD Optional scasiiezgucdsscscusssavigeadsnstanedaeeagnedstensucaarninatinss 8 5 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 1 5 StormScope
70. A GARMIN 9 1 5 TIS Limitations NOTE This section on TIS Limitations is not comprehensive Garmin pa recommends the user review the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Started Information Manual Section 1 3 5 TIS is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not relieve the pilot of responsibility to see and avoid other aircraft TIS should not Com nav be used for avoidance maneuvers during IMC or other times when there is no visual contact with the intruder aircraft TIS is intended only to assist in visual FPL acquisition of other aircraft in VMC No recommended avoidance maneuvers are provided for nor authorized as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or TIS advisory While TIS is a useful aid to visual traffic avoidance it has some system limitations that must be fully understood to ensure proper use Many of these wot nio limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance In other words the information provided by TIS will be no better than that provided to ATC TIS will only display aircraft with operating transponders installed TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode S radar which is a secondary surveillance radar similar to the ATCRBS TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering TIS is dependent on two way line ol sight communication between the aircraft and the Mode S radar Whenever the structure of the client aircraft comes betwe
71. ARMIN BE LIABLE FORANY INCIDENTAL SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHETHER RESULTING FROM THE USE MISUSE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT OR FROM DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCT SOME STATES DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU Garmin retains the exclusive right to repair or replace with a new or newly overhauled replacement product the product or software or offer a full retund of the purchase price at its sole discretion SUCH REMEDY SHALL BE YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY Online Auction Purchases Products purchased through online auctions are not eligible for warranty coverage Online auction confirmations are not accepted for warranty verification To obtain warranty service an original or copy of the sales receipt from the original retailer is required Garmin will not replace missing components from any package purchased through an online auction International Purchases A separate warranty may be provided by international distributors for devices purchased outside the United States depending on the country If applicable this warranty is provided by the local in country distributor and this distributor provides local service for your device Distributor warranties are only valid in the area of intended distribution Devices purchased in the United States or Canada must be returned to the Garmin service center in the United Kingdom the
72. ARNING Datalink weather should not be used for hazardous weather penetration Weather information provided by the GDL 69 69A is approved only for weather avoidance not penetration WARNING Datalink weather data is to be used for long range planning purposes only Due to inherent delays in data transmission and the relative age of the data datalink weather data should not be used for short range weather avoidance learned on the ground WARNING To reduce the risk of unsafe operation carefully review and understand all aspects of the GTN 6XX Pilot s Guide Thoroughly practice basic operation prior to actual use During flight operations carefully compare indications from the GTN 6XX to all available navigation sources including the information from other NAVAIDs visual sightings charts etc For safety purposes always resolve any discrepancies before continuing navigation WARNING For safety reasons GTN 6XX operational procedures must be WARNING Never use the datalink weather to attempt to penetrate a thunderstorm Both the FAA Advisory Circular Subject Thunderstorms and the Airman s Information Manual AIM recommend avoiding by at least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an intense radar echo CAUTION The United States government operates the Global Positioning System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance The GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the ac
73. AY OF ae LPY Approach Name amp Type Touch To Return To Previous Page ANAY 2 30S LFY Figure 7 7 Waypoint Info Airport Procedures Page 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional procedures as needed 3 Touch one of the procedure keys to select it for the Procedures function ee PROC Approach Airport Identifier p Airport Agproach Touch To Change y Touch To Select Transition Touch To Cancel Approach Fr Load Activate Selection A Approach Approach Approach Name IALIJ r nA ee Channel And ID Touch To Preview Touch To Load Touch To Activate Approach Approach Approach Figure 7 8 Waypoint Info Airport Arrival Information 7 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 2 4 Runways Foreword Airport Identifier Getting e Started Runway Number a huss ETAF Aenways Touch To Select 07 25 Xpdr Ctrl A ar E703 x 140r Hard Suirlarce ETF Runway Detail S MmuEr S Runway Map Com Nav FPL Pilot Controlled Lighting Freg Touch peat To Place In Standby Figure 7 9 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Information Page iue 1 Touch the Runways tab to view information about the available T F r nto Eg runways for the selected airport The runway identifiers surface a type lighting with Pilot Controlled Lighting PCL frequency So Map runway size and traffic pattern direction are shown 2 Touch the Runway key to select a r
74. Between Legs Origin and Destination Waypoints Current Flight Plan Leg Figure 4 31 Flight Plan Data Fields 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Edit Data Fields key Touch To Select Field Types Current Field oe Types Touch To MESLE Restore Originai Default Types Hack Figure 4 32 Flight Plan Edit Data Fields Page mm 2 Touch one of the field keys to select from the list System UTHITIOS Selected Field Type EMil TK Desired Track 5A Ennoule Safe Altitude Figure 4 33 Flight Plan Data Fields List 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 17 A GARMIN 3 Touch the Up or Down keys or touch and drag the list as needed to scroll through the list Touch the desired Field Type to set it for the selected field 4 Continue as desired for the other fields 4 3 5 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options ComiNa The Flight Plan Catalog allows you to create edit activate delete and copy flight plans The catalog can hold up to 99 flight plans of up to 100 waypoints is each Flight plans are named by the Departure and Destination waypoint Any time you activate a flight plan a copy of the flight plan is automatically transferred to Active Flight Plan page and overwrites any previously active flight plan 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Catalog key The list of currently stored flight plans will be displ
75. C Figure 4 8 Active Flight Plan Wpt Options 2 Touch one of the options to perform the selected action Cancel the option selection by touching the Back key Utilities 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 5 A GARMIN 4 2 1 1 Activate Leg The Activate Leg option allows you to change the active leg of a flight plan 1 On the Waypoint Options menu touch the desired TO waypoint and then the Activate Leg key to select the TO waypoint as the active leg for navigation Current Leg Current TO Wpt Touch to Select As New TO Wot and To Activate Leg Figure 4 9 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option ie ie Ea nt Info VOL INTO pK 2 Touch the OK key to set the selected leg as the Active Leg or Cancel to not select it Activate Leg KEKE KTWF Touch Cancel To Cancel The Operation Touch OK To And Return To the Activate Leg Flight Plan View Figure 4 10 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option 4 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 2 1 2 Insert Before The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active flight plan before the selected waypoint 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed Option Will niia Insert New EAIA 7 Waypoint Insert Before Option W Before This R A Selected Flight Plan Waypoint Figure 4 11 Act
76. Com Nav 2 Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Aviation tab i highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show the Airway Range Direct To Map sete Proc Touch To Select Wot Info Obstacle Range Map Figure 8 23 Map Setup For Airway Range Traffic ier 3 Touch the Airway Range key and select a range ov Celerct Aorneay epay Ringa T Weather Selected Airway Display Range Nears Up hina Music Figure 8 24 Select Airway Display Range Utilities ey 4 Touch the Airways key to select the desired Airways Off Low High or All TA ga Messages Low Airway Grey en Symbols zm mney 19h Airway Green feted ra a aa Appendix Figure 8 25 Navigation Map Airways Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 17 A GARMIN 8 1 2 5 Traffic Optional The Traffic group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to customize the display of traffic on the Map page The Traffic function requires the installation of the appropriate traffic device TIS and TAS cannot be displayed at the same time If the aircraft has a TAS unit installed the GTN unit will be configured for TAS If no TAS unit is installed and a GTX Mode S transponder is installed the GTN unit will be configured for TIS Coverage is limited to specific areas as shown in the AIM TAS data comes from a TAS unit such as a Garmin GTS 800 or 820 Skywatch 497 KTA 810 or other unit Coverage follows the airplane In the Navigation Map
77. Controls Recent Nearest Filter Com Nav Airport VOR System Flight Plan User Airport Messages FSS ARTCC Figure 3 2 Nav Com Functional Diagram Monen 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 1 A GARMIN 3 1 Volume Com radio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob Turn the Volume knob clockwise to increase volume or counterclockwise to decrease volume The level will be maintained until changed or power is cycled 1 Turn the Volume knob to set the Com volume Percent Of Maximum Volume Graphic Scale Showing Volume Direct To Figure 3 3 Com Volume Setting 2 Abar graph showing the relative volume level will indicate the selected level and will disappear a few seconds after releasing the Volume knob 3 2 Squelch The Com radio features an automatic squelch to reject many localized noise sources You may override the squelch function by pressing the Volume knob iatic This facilitates listening to a distant station or setting the desired volume level VAT AE bhata Wot Into To override the automatic squelch press the Volume knob momentarily Press the Volume knob again to return to automatic squelch operation A SQ indication appears above the active Com frequency window in the upper left corner of the display when automatic squelch is overridden Com Volume and Receive Annunciation Squelch Control Com Control Text ae Sguelch Annunciation Active Com Frequency Touch to Flip
78. D network provides important information about severe weather for air traffic safety EPI NEXRAD datais not real time The lapsed time between collection processing and dissemination of NEXRAD images can be significant and may not reflect DretTo the current radar synopsis Due to the inherent delays and the relative age of the data it should be used for long range planning purposes only Never use oc NEXRAD data or any radar data to penetrate hazardous weather Instead use it in an early warning capacity of pre departure and en route evaluation Wnt lafa Wot Into Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown Canadian radar data provided by Environment Canada This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps The display of the tatic information is color coded to indicate the weather severity level NOTE Due to similarities in color schemes the display of Echo Tops cannot be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD 7 While viewing the Datalink Weather menu touch the NEXRAD key to step through the NEXRAD selections NEXRAD Age Of Selected Weather Weather Products City Forecast Touch To Select Time Figure 11 7 NEXRAD Weather 2 Repeated touches to the NEXRAD key will toggle between the Off US and Canada selections 11 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN NEXRAD DBZ Rain Mixed Snow gt 55 gt 50
79. ER CONTROLS OPTIONAL The GIN 6XX can integrate the control and display of transponder functions The GTN 6XX will operate as a control head for remotely connected optional compatible transponders Squawk Code Squawk Code Window Backspace heave Key VFR Squawk Transponder Code 1200 Key Selection mer Reply Annunciation Active XPDR Code and Mode Numeric Keypad Display Enter Key Context Sensitive Mode Key Instructions For Rotary Knob Figure 2 1 XPDR Control Display XPDR 1 Standby 1200 XPDR 2 Ground On Altitude Reporting Figure 2 2 XPDR Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 1 A GARMIN ee Select Transponder f kaa 1 Touch the XPDR window and then touch the XPDR key to sa select the desired transponder Select Active Transponder Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav APDR 1 Selected Transponder YPDR 2 Figure 2 3 Select the Active Transponder 2 Touch the XPDR 2 selection to activate Transponder 2 Touch the XPDR 1 selection to activate Transponder 1 Active Transponder Active Transponder scares Figure 2 4 Active Transponder Indication 2 2 IDENT 1 Touch the IDENT key once to reply with an identifying squawk Ut code 2 The IDENT key text will change to green to indicate active Ident 2 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 2 3 Transponder Mode ta 1 Touch the Mode key to allow selection of the transponder
80. Ea TRK Currently Shown Configure Nav Data Fields Press Enter to Accept Utilities E Touch To Select Data Field 32 46 lt DIS Currently Shown D Touch To Cancel Any Changes Figure 8 26 Map Data Fields Selection 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 19 A GARMIN 3 Touch the corner data field key you want to select A list of information types will be displayed ae Seanad tn Field Type List Touch To Fuel ta Dest Fuel to Destination Select Data Field Selected Field CTE RENN Slider Indicates More lype Ta ANAP ie Selections Available Press Finger and Slide To View PS Vertical Speed More Selections Figure 8 27 Map Data Field Type Selections Direct To 4 Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag your finger to scroll through the list Touch the desired item to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection Wot Info Map Data Field Type afie OAT static Static Air Temperature OAT total Total Air Temperature Trip Timer Timers Utilities a Generic Timer Timers Utilities System Table 8 6 Map Data Field Types of Information 8 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 4 Map Detail The Map Detail feature allows four levels of decluttering to remove map information The declutter level is displayed in the DCLTR key There are four levels of decluttering Level 0 shows the most detail and level
81. Flop Standby Com Frequency Turn To Select MHz Turn To Select kHz Figure 3 4 Com Controls While receiving a station an RX indication appears in the Com frequency window to the immediate right of Com A TX indication appears at this location while you are transmitting 3 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 3 3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning Communication frequencies are selected by using the large and small right knobs or by touching the value in the standby Com or Nav frequency field and using the subsequent keypad The standby frequency always appears below the active frequency The active frequency is the frequency currently in use for transmit and receive operations Com N Once a frequency is selected in the standby field it may be transferred to the active frequency by touching the active frequency field NOTE The Com window is normally active for adjustment unless the NAV window is made active by pressing the small right knob The active state automatically returns to the Com window after 30 seconds of inactivity To select a Com or Nav frequency using the small and large right knobs 1 If the tuning cursor is not currently in the frequency window press the small right knob momentarily The Standby frequency will be highlighted to indicate that it is active for editing 2 Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahe
82. Guide 4 19 A GARMIN 4 3 5 3 Catalog Route Option Preview 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Preview key A map view of the flight plan and list of the waypoints will be displayed Flight Plan Waypoint List Flight Plan Map Preview Figure 4 38 Flight Plan Preview 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog AlAw4 f Wot Info VWL II V 4 3 5 4 Catalog Route Option Edit Traffic 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be alfa displayed RPA sa 2 Touch the Edit key The flight plan will be displayed Make E any changes necessary by touching the desired waypoint and using the Waypoint Options toute Options wil eee TOUCh To Edit oe MSG 1200 Flight Plan Figure 4 39 Use Waypoint Options to Edit the Selected Flight Plan 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog 4 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 3 5 5 Catalog Route Option Copy 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed Pr 2 Touch the Copy key You will be prompted to copy the selected flight plan Touch OK to create the flight plan copy Copy Flight Plan KNOX KBEM OR F
83. IN While viewing the System Setup page touch the Crossfill key to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Crosstill Touch Key to Enable Crossfill With Dual Units Figure 15 24 Selecting Crossfill 2 When Crosstill is about to be enabled you will be prompted to note that data will be overwritten in the other unit Touch OK to enable Crossfill or touch Cancel to return to the System Setup page without enabling Crossfill Enable Crossfill om this unit will overwrite data in other unit Touch OK to Enable Crossfill With Dual Units Figure 15 25 Confirming Crossfill Selection 15 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 4 2 Alerts Settings The Alerts Setup page controls two functions Arrival Alerts and Airspace Alerts Arrival Alerts when active will generate a message when the aircraft is within the selected proximity of the destination Airspace Alerts generate a message and filtering of the Nearest Airspace list The altitude component of Airspace Alerts are dependent on both aircraft and airspace altitude and the values set for the Altitude Butter 15 4 2 1 Arrival 1 While viewing the Setup page under the Systems heading touch the Alerts key Touch to Select Distance Values i System Alerts Arrival Proximity gt 0 a Select Airspace Types Airspace Alert Options Figure 15 26 Alerts Setup Page arena 2 Touch the Arrival key to toggle activa
84. Information Manual Airman s Meteorological Information altitude autopilot approach airport aerodrome Aeronautical Radio Incorporated airspace Air Route Traffic Control Center airspeed Automated Surface Observing System Air Traffic Control ATC Radar Beacon System Automatic Terminal Information Service auxiliary Automated Weather Observing System barometric setting backcourse The compass direction from the present position to a destination waypoint bearing center runway degrees Celsius Course Deviation Indicator channel cloud Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 1 Appendix Appendix CLR CONFIG Course Crosstrack Error CRS CRSR CTA CTAF CTRL CUM DALT DB DBASE DCLTR DECLTR deg DEP Desired Track DTK DEST DFLT DIS Distance DME DP DPRT DSBL DIK EDR EGNOS ELEV EMI ENR 18 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN clear configuration The line between two points to be followed by the aircraft The distance the aircraft is off a desired course in either direction left or right course cursor Control Area Common Traffic Advisory Frequency control The total of all legs in a flight plan density altitude database declutter degree departure The desired course between the active from and to waypoints destination default distance The great circle distance from the present position to a des
85. Level Touch Arrow Keys To Adjust Volume Touch To Select Voice Figure 15 35 Audio Setup Selection ES gt 2 Touch the Arrow keys to adjust the Key Click Volume mae 3 Touch the Male or Female key to select the audio voice type 15 7 Ownship Settings The Ownship setting allows the selection of an aircraft type for the ownship icon learest 1 While viewing the System page touch the Ownship key gt ALM Setup Ghershin Pah Sa Selected Utilities T Twin Engine Prop Ownship lype BEALL Drag Slider To View System More Options Touch Up Down Keys To View More Options Figure 15 36 Ownship Selection 2 Touch the desired type of aircraft for the ownship symbol 15 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 8 Backlight Settings The backlighting of the display and bezel keys can be adjusted automatically _ or manually The default setting automatic backlighting adjustment uses Sak photocell technology to automatically adjust for ambient lighting conditions Photocell calibration curves are pre configured to optimize display appearance through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions A manual offset creates a deviation form the normal curve Manual adjustments may be made from 100 to 10 The negative adjustment is limited to prevent the backlight from being accidently decreasing the backlight to the point where the display of information could not be see
86. M Started Selected Transponder 118 00 A Touch To Select Transponder Mode Figure 2 5 Transponder Mode Selection 2 Touch the Up Down keys or touch the display and drag the display up or down to view the available selections Transponder Modes Galart Tra i dee Mi r Altitude Reporting Selected Transponder Mode Touch The Up Down Rus Keys Or Drag Display s To View Modes IDENT Standby Mode Selection Not Shown Figure 2 6 Transponder Mode Choices 3 Touch the desired Transponder mode to select it and then touch the Enter key 2 3 1 Standby 1 Touch the Mode key and select Standby and then touch the Enter key to place the transponder into Standby mode Active XPDR and IDENT Disabled Mode Key Transponder Operation Standby Mode Figure 2 7 Transponder Mode Standby Indication 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 3 Xpdr Ctrl 2 3 2 2 4 A GARMIN 2 The transponder will still be powered but will not transmit information The active transponder indication and Ident annunciation will be grayed to show they are disabled Ground 1 Touch the Mode key and select Ground and then touch the Enter key to place the transponder into Ground mode 118 00 ere Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Transponder Operation Ground Mode Figure 2 8 Transponder Mode Ground Indication 2 Mode S replies will be allowed in Ground mode On 1 Touch the
87. MIN 12 4 Nearest VOR The Nearest VOR Page displays the identifier symbol bearing and distance to the 25 nearest VORs within 200 NM of your present position For each VOR listed the Nearest VOR Page also indicates the frequency and may be used to quickly tune the Nav radio to the nearby VOR GTN 650 only Touch the VOR Frequency key to place the trequency in the standby field of the Nav window Touch the Nav Active window to flip flop the Nav frequencies 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the VOR key A list ea of the nearest 25 VORs within 200 NM will be listed Nearest VOR os aa Identifier T y Distance from Current Bearing Position to VOR from Current Position to VOR Figure 12 8 Nearest VOR List and Information 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list 3 Touch the VOR Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected VOR Touch To Select Fe ara Er VOR Information New Waypoint paiba hides tid iairasets i Referenced To Additional VOR Montrose CO ee Current Position Information sw USA igh Atitude a F Touch To View VOR Map Detail Touch To Place he rae Freg In Standby Figure 12 9 Nearest VOR Waypoint Information 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 5 A GARMIN 4 Touch the Frequency key on this page or from the Nearest VOR List page to place the selected frequency into the Nav Standby window Touch the Preview key to view map
88. Mit FF B Peon i ae Touch To Recall Selected Preset Touch To Select Bank of Presets XM 1 XM 2 or XM 3 Figure 13 8 Music Menu Presets Proc 13 2 4 1 Saving a Preset o 1 While viewing the desired channel select the preset bank for saving the preset XM 1 XM 2 or XM 3 by touching the Presets key until the desire bank is shown 2 Touch the desired preset key and hold it for three seconds i 13 2 4 2 Recalling a Preset ra 1 Touch the Presets key to select the preset bank XM 1 XM 2 or XM 3 Nearest 2 Touch the desired preset key 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 7 A n Ad nt ni0 A GARMIN 13 3 GDL 69 69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the possible cause of a failure Ensure the owner operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is installed has subscribed to XM e Ensure the XM subscription has been activated e Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied to the Data Link Receiver For troubleshooting purposes check the Menu on the Music Page or the GDL 69 Box on the System External LRUs Page for Data Link Receiver GDL 69 69A status serial number and software version number More information about GDL Status is available in Section 15 System Function External LRUs It may take several minutes for all subscribed data to become av
89. Mode key and select On and then touch the Enter key for Mode A operation Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Transponder Operation ON Mode Figure 2 9 Transponder Mode ON Indication 2 The transponder is On and will transmit its squawk code when interrogated Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 2 3 4 Altitude Reporting 1 Touch the Mode key and select Altitude Reporting and then touch the Enter key for Mode C operation Xpdr Ctrl WER 118 00 pre Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Transponder Operation Altitude Reporting Mode Figure 2 10 Transponder Mode Altitude Reporting Indication 500 2 The transponder will be On and will transmit its squawk code and altitude when interrogated An ALT annunciation will appear when the squawk code is transmitted 2 4 VFR D Touch the VFR key to set the VFR squawk code 1200 VFR 1200 Transponder Squawk Code Figure 2 11 Transponder VFR Squawk Code 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 2 5 A a LLULUMGGARMIN n 25 Selecting a Squawk Code The selected squawk code will always be in use As you change a squawk code the original code will be used until you are finished selecting the new code Squawk Code Description m Na 1200 Default VFR code in the USA 7500 Hijacking 7600 7700 Table 2 1 XPDR Special Squawk Codes 1 Touch the transponder squawk code window at the right side of the displa
90. N 6XX allows the pilot to view desired track DTK distance DIS estimated time en route ETE en route sate altitude ESA and estimated time of arrival ETA information for a direct to point to point between two specified waypoints or for any programmed flight plan This item also displays the sunrise sunset times for your destination waypoint for the selected departure date All times are based on the time set in System Setup The trip planning inputs are manually entered by the pilot The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending waypoints and the trip planning inputs In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected and the entire flight plan CUM selected the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the selected flight plan In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected and a specific leg selected the waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg In Point To Point mode these are manually selected waypoints if there is an active flight plan these detault to the endpoints of the active leg Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the active flight plan has already been flown Desired Track DTK DTK is shown as nnn and is the desired track between the selected waypoints It is dashed unless only a single leg is selected e Distance DIS The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99 9 and in whole units up to 9999
91. NEXRAD NEXRAD and Echo Top are Mutually 30 5 U S Exclusive 10 Canada Echo Top Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually 30 1 5 Exclusive NEXRAD and Echo Top Mutually Exclusive 15 Cloud Top Cloud Top and Echo Top Mutually Exclusive SIGMETS AIRMETs ooo y oo a MEARS o d A a Chy Forecast o l A a WxFoeast o y o Freezing Leves o y 0 a WindsAloft o l O CounyWamins o y O y 5 Cyclone Warnings o y 0 a Icing Potential Icing P2 SLD Pilot Weather Report PIREP Pp Blue Regular Yellow Urgent Air Report AREP O A a Turbulence 12 11 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Weather Product Expiration Refresh Rate Time Minutes Minutes Radar Coverage Temporary Flight Restriction TFR 60 Terminal Aerodrome Forecast TAF oW nR Table 11 1 Weather Products and Aging Times Symbol Description a m oo ah Severe Thunderstorm e e O e E e S ee om E FOG Foggy Haze BEA High Low Temp Table 11 2 Weather Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 7 A GARMIN 11 1 5 NEXRAD WSR 88D or NEXRAD NEXt generation RADar is a network of 158 high resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Service NWS NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information for the continental United States and selected overseas locations The maximum range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 NM The NEXRA
92. Nav angle is set to User The active waypoint is not referenced to the WGS84 datum OBS requires an active waypoint and is not supported in dead reckoning mode Parallel track is not supported on approaches Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Action Verity that the geographical region supports navigation based on magnetic variation No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only 16 11 Messages Messages Message PARALLEL TRACK Parallel track not supported for turns greater than 120 degrees PARALLEL TRACK Parallel track not supported for leg type REMOTE KEY STUCK Remote OBS key is stuck REMOTE KEY STUCK Remote CDI key is stuck REMOTE KEY STUCK Com push to talk key is stuck 16 12 Description Parallel track is not supported for turns greater than 120 degrees due to the acute angle Parallel track is not supported on current leg type The remote OBS OBS MODE SEL key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations The remote CDI CDI SRC SEL key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input
93. OnN eresien e E E ceases 11 16 1111 Freezing Level naseiani ie aa N 11 17 A MTOR a E teeetcae aes eeoes 11 18 IERES o EEEE 11 19 DARC ERE na e E E E eecacesis 11 20 11 1 15 Weather Forecast c cccccccccsccsecscscssssececssssesssssessesseeeen 11 21 WMG WVIOS ENOM scocacesseotasssgeedseasnestancaseaeceacoessesessseandevecetasessteas 11 23 WAM AGUNG a A ores vec esate E E 11 24 Thebes TUDUENCE acactoterecnectnsenssstnescnsel aeei EE Donn Ea ER 11 25 DARC EE ea E 11 26 11 2 StormScope Weath r seize tects cctce veecareicvec sexs scacorseaeevacsssesesmeaseosoeese 11 27 11 2 1 StormScope ODTIONG seasocsensatinsienestinpesosst ngdeoccte newest nfiensctt 11 27 11 2 2 Clearing the StormScope Page ccccccscseseeeseeseteeen 11 28 11 2 3 Changing the StormScope Display VieW cccceeeeeeeee 11 28 11 2 4 Changing the StormScope Data Display Range 06 11 29 11 2 5 Displaying StormScope Data on the Map Page 606 11 29 TZ NCARCSE seccsnnetestec ver caststranevorseatesrcanentestatocuterneremeanenenn 12 1 12 1 Selecta ah cre cts 6 clearer eee eee eee nee ree eee ae 12 2 12 2 Nearest Airport rcecoits Seseeinc us icssietton satis reviecegacts or seats anciedsgeciervaaiaedecagerea sta 12 3 12 3 Nearest Intersection INT oc eeeceeeccececessccceeseennecceeesenneeeeeesennteeeeeeeenas 12 4 1224 Nedre TVOR siesena oxen E E bectoxte eosexse be octe seca 12 5 12 5 Nearest NDB cesseieatsest secuisesat od aacycay o
94. Prompt To Activate Autopilot Outputs Rath Figure 6 22 Prompt To Activate Autopilot Outputs 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 17 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 6 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 WAYPOINT INFO ete The Waypoint Info function allows you to view information about the selected 2 waypoint The Waypoint Info page can be reached trom the Home page selected from a flight plan or selected from the Nearest page Waypoint into Touch The Key To Display Waypoint Type D Yrronr LOC Wot Info Figure 7 1 Waypoint Info Page Utilities 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 a eal Alesoduia Sid PEY 10M Joy eee ISIQ JEIPEY SJEAN pey 1dM Jay eleq XM JEIPEY EIpeY GARMIN UOTE Saduanbal4 ee Dd Aemuny ddA UOIISOg IG sAemMuny UaWWO MP3 fouanbai4 Sainpa0ld MalNdd IIV Mel MalNdd M N M A Id M IA Id JWEN WeN JAN Paas YOA Daas INI P2 9S Oju Figure 7 2 Waypoint Info Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 2 A GARMIN 7 1 Waypoint Selection 1 Touch the Waypoint Info key and then touch the desired wayp
95. Revisions vi RNAV 6 14 Roll steering 6 10 6 15 Route options 4 18 Runway 15 17 Runway extension 8 15 Runway length 1 12 15 17 Runways Runway surface 1 12 15 17 S SafeTaxi 1 3 8 10 8 15 8 32 8 33 15 5 17 2 SafeTaxi symbols 17 2 SBAS 15 10 Scale 8 12 9 11 SD card 1 3 Secure Digital SD card 1 3 1 4 18 9 Select approach 6 7 Select arrival 6 5 Select departure 6 3 Self test 1 7 Serial numbers 13 8 15 4 Service Class 13 2 Setup 1 10 15 14 SIDs 1 19 SIGMET 11 6 11 15 Snow 11 7 11 10 Software version 13 8 15 3 Special Use Airspace 12 1 Speed 10 16 Squawk code 2 6 Squelch 3 2 Standby 2 3 STAR 6 5 STARs 1 19 Start up 1 6 Status 15 7 15 12 Store flight plan 4 14 Stormscope 8 6 11 27 Stuck microphone 3 10 Sunny 11 7 Sunrise Sunset 14 12 Support v 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Surface analysis 11 21 Symbols 8 31 9 2 9 11 10 13 11 6 11 7 17 1 System ID 15 4 System power 1 6 System setup 15 14 System status 9 8 9 14 10 18 15 3 T TACAN 17 1 Target altitude 14 5 Target offset 14 6 Target waypoint 14 7 TAS 8 18 9 1 9 10 9 11 14 23 TAWS alerts 10 7 10 13 TAWS B 10 1 10 6 TAWS failure alert 10 18 TAWS system test 10 8 10 18 TCAS 9 2 Temperature 11 7 15 23 Temporary 7 16 TERM 6 2 Terrain 1 3 8 4 8 16 9 7 10 1 10 6 17 3 Terrain alerts 10 1 10 17 Terrain data 8 5 10 5 10 6 15 5 Terrai
96. S The Nearest Flight Service Station FSS page displays the facility name bearing to distance and frequency to the five nearest FSS points of communication within 200 NM of your present position For each FSS listed the Nearest FSS page also indicates the frequency s and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver to the FSS frequency Touch the FSS Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field of the COM window Touch the COM Active window to flip flop the Com frequencies GTN 650 only 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the FSS key A list of the nearest 25 FSSs within 200 NM will be listed kren FSS Name and Information FSS Frequency Key FSS Frequency Key With Multiple Frequencies Available Figure 12 20 Nearest FSS 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list if necessary 3 The Frequency key will show Multiple if multiple frequencies are available Touch the Multiple Frequency key to display the frequencies 4 Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected frequency into the Com Standby window Selected FSS Frequency Inserted Into Standby Window FSS Multiple Frequency Key FSS Multiple Frequency List Figure 12 21 Selected FSS Frequency From List 1272 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 12 10 Nearest Weather Frequency WX Freq The Nearest WX FREQ function displays facility name beari
97. S Traffic Status Annunciations 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 9 A GARMIN 9 2 TAS Traffic Optional NOTE TIS and Traffic Advisory System TAS may not both be configured at the same time TAS data comes from a TAS unit such as a Garmin GTS 800 or 820 Skywatch 497 KTA 810 or other unit Refer to the appropriate Traffic Advisory Systems Pilots Guides for a detailed discussion of the respective traffic advisory system The type of traffic systems that is installed is described by the Traffic Page keys If a Traffic Advisory System TAS is configured a TRF Status and ALT Filter key will be displayed A NOTE Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations TAS systems require transponders of other aircraft to respond to system interrogations If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance traffic may be displayed intermittently or not at all Aircraft without altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent indication Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times WARNING The Traffic Advisory System TAS is intended for advisory use only to aid the pilot in visually acquiring traffic No avoidance maneuvers should be based solely upon TAS traffic information It is the responsibility of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic A Traffic Ad
98. TA criteria Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 9 6 TAS Intruder Symbol Description 1 Relative Altitude 1200 ft Above Non Threat Traffic T Vertical Trend Arrow Climbing Figure 9 5 Intruder Type Altitude and Vertical Trend 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 11 A GARMIN 9 2 1 Displaying and Operating Traffic TAS Systems The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed The ability to switch from standby to operating mode on the ground is especially useful for scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff Non Threat Traffic Proximity Traffic Advisory Heading Annunciation Range Rings Traffic Status Key Operate Standby Altitude Filter Ownship Position Figure 9 6 Traffic Page 9 2 1 1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode The Traffic Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft s current position and altitude without basemap clutter Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless no valid heading is received The Traffic Status is shown in the lower left corner and the Altitude Filter is shown in the lower right corner While viewing the Traffic Page touch the Traffic Status key to select Operate To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page touch the Traffic Status key to select Standby Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume 4 Touch the Traffic Status key to place the system in
99. To Access Source Map Page GPS Level Navigation Touch OBS Of Service Source Key To Toggle Annunciation OBS Mode Figure 8 38 Navigation Source Selection 2 Touch the CDI key to toggle between sources 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 29 A GARMIN 8 5 OBS The OBS key is used to select manual or automatic sequencing of waypoints OBS selection is available on the Default Navigation page Touching this key selects OBS mode which retains the current active to waypoint as your navigation reference even after passing the waypoint i e prevents sequencing to the next waypoint Touching the OBS key again returns to normal operation with automatic sequencing of waypoints Whenever OBS mode is selected you may set the desired course To From a waypoint using the pop up window on the GTN 6XX or with the external OBS selector on your HSI or CDI For leg types that do not support OBS this key will be shown as a SUSP key This key will then also function as an Unsuspend key for legs that auto suspend such as holds missed approaches etc NOTE In dual GTN installations with crossfill on the OBS course will only be updated real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course The course will be transferred to the other GIN when OBS is exited 1 Touch the OBS key to enable the OBS function E Deut Novation 6 8m 274 274 M 10lkr 274 04 02 OBS Heading miss st na Touch
100. While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Preview key A preview of the Active Flight Plan will be shown 7 Flight Plan eae cians Current Leg of Current Dest Active Flight Plan Wot Into Waypoint es en of Flight Plan Legs Figure 4 47 Active Flight Plan Preview 2 Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page 4 3 8 2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Catalog key The list of currently stored flight plans will be displayed 2 Touch the desired flight plan The Route Options will now be Utilities displayed 3 Touch the Preview key to display a preview of the selected flight plan 4 Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog 4 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN D DIRECT TO The NRST pages can be used in conjunction with the Direct To function to quickly set a course to a nearby facility 9 1 Direct To Navigation 1 Press the Direct To key on the right side of the unit A flight plan must be activated or a Nearest Airport selected before information is provided in the Direct To Wpt page 119 00 EPORT SIBY 1200 Opi Locka Executive Miami FL SIF USA Fr Oi 7s Faro TAF Figure 5 1 Direct To Wpt Page 2 Select Waypoint FPL or NRST APT from the Direct To window by touching the desired tab Nearest
101. adudanssstnsancsausdarsdaneeds 197 15 2 2 Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS cccceee 15 10 XIV Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN M23 ICIS ON Uncha y e mssi rotan ESEAS 15 11 a R a R eroe EE E E 15 11 15 3 1 GDL 69 and GDL 69A Status cc ee eeeceeeeeecesseeeteeeeesentnees 15 12 15 4 SOT Dinsecnnsessacncensasosdansdacs save shaesenesdds sduedtsndensadesns dasdenpevsdeacstis abexpeusdbcns 15 14 A SHRI SCID vie a5 025 cor scer anaes acaese R ai 15 14 15 4 2 CDI SAIC CMON a iaccaceestcatcicpcacetaensicetesocadetdcesaeetdeosecaieseeaeaeceusess 15 15 15 4 3 Date Time ccsecessessssecsssesssesssesenressnesesensessnsessatesstess 15 16 15 4 4 Nearest Airport Criteria ccccssccesssesssessseesssrsessneeseneess 19717 15 4 5 Com Channel Spacing sis cadcscensacctdsecadetacnsicctionsedelaneiesteeustes 15 18 PA E E eet des tcucaraeeusdeesssoeeatezers 15 19 A2 Aaen ean A ceases 15 21 A A aea E E ERR 15 21 BA O E E 15 21 15 4 2 3 Airspace Alert Options scztnsssscsatedscnstnsoscezatedereatcedscensiedavextee 15 22 ie me EE UNOS E AEE E E A 15 23 Me CU NUS E E E vs nesavesaaniaeeunnen 19 25 15 5 2 Setting a User Contigured Manual Nav Angle 00 15 24 Oph PUN dest ac E E E E evs eae pene ees eee eos ee sees eons 15 26 We OVUM SOU AS E E E E 15 26 Ue PBEICKIOMT E E 15 27 16 Alert Messages ssssssssssssessrssrennensnssnennnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnens 16 1 Ee E
102. affic Page Annunciation Description Data is not being received trom the transponder The transponder has failed TIS is unavailable or out of range Table 9 3 TIS Failure Annunciations The Traffic mode is annunciated in the bottom left corner of the Traffic Page When the aircraft is on the ground TIS automatically enters Standby Mode Once the aircraft is airborne TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic information is displayed The mode can be changed manually using the Traffic Status key Traffic Traffic Display Enabled Icon Other Maps UELS Traffic Mode Annunciation Status Traffic On Map Page TIS Operating TIS Standby TIS Failed Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action Table 9 4 TIS Modes Shown on the Map Page 9 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN The annunciations that indicate the status of traffic information appear in a banner at the bottom center of maps on which traffic can be displayed Traffic Status Banner Description Annunciation The displayed data is not current 6 to 12 seconds since last message The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when this message is displayed Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting 12 to 60 seconds since last message Traffic may exist within the selected display range but it is not displayed Traffic Coast 9 SEC Traffic Removed Table 9 5 TI
103. affic target track vector it will lag intruder distance and altitude will remain relatively accurate and may be used to assist in see and avoid Some of the more common examples of these errors follow e When client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly the tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position until the maneuvering aircraft stabilizes e When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that crosses the client aircraft course at a shallow angle either overtaking or head on and either aircraft abruptly changes course within 0 25 NM TIS may display the intruder on the opposite side of the client than it actually is These are relatively rare occurrences and will be corrected in a few radar scans once the course has stabilized 9 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 9 1 6 TIS Alerts When the number of Traffic Advisories TAs on the Traffic Map Page increases from one scan to the next the following occur e A single Traffic voice alert is generated e A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the bottom of the display flashing for 5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircrait the Traffic voice alert is generated only when the number of TAs increases For example when the first TA is displayed a voice and visual annunciation are generated As long as a
104. agnetic True T User u Magnetic Variation Enter numeric value E or W Com Nav Celsius C or Fahrenheit F Fuel Gallons GAL or Pounds LB Table 15 4 System Units Setup 15 5 1 Setup Units Proc Use these settings to set the units for values displayed in the unit operation 1 While viewing the System page touch the Units key Touch Key to Select Nav Angle Touch Key to Mag Var When User Is Selected Touch Key to Select Temp Format Forc Fuel Selections Not Shown Figure 15 30 System Units Page Nearest 2 Touch the key for the desired units A window with a list of unit values will appear Touch the desired value on the list Utilities Deer MAY kegi eriy Figure 15 31 System Units Selection Windows 3 After making the desired selections touch the Back key to return to the Setup page TEEN 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 23 A n GARMIN 15 5 2 Setting a User Configured Manual Nav Angle There are three variation heading options Magnetic True and User If in Magnetic is selected all track course and heading information is corrected to the magnetic variation computed by the GPS receiver The True setting Xoo references all information to true north The User selection allows the pilot to enter values between 0 and 179 E or W NOTE When changing the Nav angle the DTK on the Flight Plan page for an approach does not change un
105. ailable after power up 1 Touch the Status key on the Music page to display the GDL 69 69A Status Data Radio ID amp Signal Level AT Pe EA kot Audio Radio ID Touch To View PE aM7OADHA amp Signal Level GDL Status Menu Fe TE RENE LTE a ial 47750645 Serial Number Touch To View Ei Moathes Weather Products Products Figure 13 9 GDL 69 69A Status Page 2 Touch the Menu key to display the GDL Status Menu GOL Status Ment When actyation has been completed press the button Gelow to lock the ac Twat Figure 13 10 GDL Status Menu 13 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN rey 3 Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial subscription or a change in the subscription Touch the OK a key to continue the operation LOCK ACTIVATION TRE Should be done on yi for mhe nitia or a change of subarr ptian Continue OK Figure 13 11 Lock Activation 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 9 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 13 10 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 14 UTILITIES s The Utilities page provides a group of features that will support your flight pl
106. an lint free cloth AC 90 100A Statement of Compliance The Garmin navigational unit meets the performance and functional requirements of AC 90 100A Product Registration and Support Help us better support you by completing your online registration today Have the serial number of your product handy and connect to the Garmin web site www garmin com Look for the Product Registration link on the Home page Also be sure to record your serial number in the space provided If you have any questions the Garmin Product Support department may be reached Monday through Friday 7 00 AM to 7 00 PM Central Time US 913 397 8200 US Toll Free 1 866 739 5687 Canada Toll Free 1 866 429 9296 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide V Foreward A GARMIN Record of Revisions Part Number Revision Date Description sered 190 01007 03 A 2 4 11 Initial release Xpdr Ctrl B Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index vi Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Product Registration and SUP OOM cesscseetchesicadicmseetieastendiuagvisdeacteadicseieleduacsentaes V NO OE oee pa oe EEE EEEE EEE EE E E EE E EE E tens xvi ADOUTTAIS GUICG 225 0325 etonsvese ueaecenceasesatatcess desc eudesentueseeusdeedcsentuecsteacuesexeniuacnies xvi SIO en ani ati assets sn tang ecie
107. ange and Restore Defaults The default values are shown in bold type Feature Selection North Up Track Up Heading Up P Off 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM P 100 NM 150 NM 250 NM Off On 250 ft 400 ft 500 ft 750 ft 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft Auta Zoomiiin 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM 150 NM 250 NM 400 NM 250 ft 400 ft 500 ft 750 ft 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft Aia Zoom Nia 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM 150 NM 250 NM 400 NM Off 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM Table 8 1 Map Setup Map Options 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 9 FPL Direct To Proc int Infa Wot Into Traffic A GARMIN Map Orientation The Map Orientation selection sets the orientation of the Map page Selections are North Up Track Up and Heading Up A Map Orientation label is shown below the North indicator in the top left corner of the Map page Select Map Orientation North Up Track Up Selected Orientation Heading Up Figure 8 12 Map Setup Map Orientation North Up Above The North Up Above option allows you to select the map range where at and above the selected value the Map Orientation will automatically change au to North Up as a default For example with the 500 NM value selected in the figure below whe
108. anning to make them easier and more efficient The Vertical Calculator VCALC calculates the time to begin descent and vertical speed required to reach a desired altitude at the chosen location The Flight Timers feature provides a number of timer types to assist in monitoring your time in flight RAIM Prediction predicts if GPS coverage is available for your current location or at a specified waypoint at any time and date RAIM performs checks to ensure that the GTN unit has adequate satellite geometry during your flight The Trip Planning feature allows the pilot to view desired track DTK distance DIS estimated time en route ETE en route safe altitude ESA and estimated time of arrival ETA information for a direct to point to point between two specified waypoints or for any programmed flight plan The Fuel Planning feature will display fuel conditions along the active direct to or flight plan when equipped with fuel flow FF and or fuel on board FOB sensors The DALT TAS Winds feature performs calculations about Altitude Airspeed and Winds The Clean Screen function will lock the touchscreen so the display can be cleaned without activating any functions Figure 14 1 Utilities Home Page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 1 Proc system GARMIN p d punold DAH aL Ivl Sv Ouvd TV pe e2 pu e eq J0suas SMN paeds punoly MO 3 N pieog uo jan4 e eq JOsuas asp p Idd v
109. ans are listed by the Departure and Destination waypoints 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 3 A GARMIN 4 2 Active Flight Plan Page The Active Flight Plan Page provides information and editing functions for the flight plan currently in use for navigation Once you have activated a flight plan the Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan along wrc with the Desired Track DTK Distance DIST for each leg and Cumulative _ Distance CUM The data fields are user selectable and may be changed to on display Cumulative Distance CUM Distance DIST Desired Track DTK En Route Safe Altitude ESA or Estimated Time of Arrival ETA DIK Between Legs DIST Between Legs Origin and Destination Waypoints S ii fwe KSLE KPUC Flight Plan Menu Options sada Active Leg Navigation tlala VVOT INTO Parallel Track Active Up Down Keys to Scroll FPL Figure 4 7 Active Flight Plan Page The field types may be changed using the Edit Fields function in the Flight Plan page Menu 4 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 2 1 Waypoint Options a e 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired flight plan waypoint The Waypoint Options window will be Started shown Waypoint Options Waypoint Options List insert Activate Com Nav Before Leg Insert WPT Tuch Key Te After Info Select Option ro mip Remove PRO
110. approach to VLOC or aircraft is on VLOC approach and CDI is set to GPS and aircraft is less than 2 nm from the FAF The Main Lateral Supertlag or Main Vertical Supertlag output has been turned off due to an over current condition The com radio is reporting that it needs service The com radio may continue to function Select appropriate CDI source for approach CDI HSI FLAG Main lateral vertical flag on CDI HSI is inoperative Verity course guidance is valid and correct by crosschecking with the GTN on screen CDI and other navigational equipment Contact dealer for service COM RADIO Contact dealer for service Com radio needs Service Messages 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 3 Messages Message COM RADIO Com radio may be inoperative COM RADIO Com overtemp or undervoltage Reducing transmitter power COM RADIO Com locked to 121 5 MHz Hold remote com transter key to exit CONFIGURATION Jerrain TAWS configuration is invalid GTN needs service CONFIGURATION MODULE GTN configuration module needs service 16 4 Description The com radio is not communicating properly with the system Com radio is in overtemp or undervoltage mode and transmitting power has been reduced to prevent damage to the com radio Radio range will be reduced Com radio is locked to 121 5 MHz TAWS is inoperative due to a configu
111. are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft TAWS satisfies TSO C151b Class B requirements for certification Class B TAWS is required for all Part 91 turbine aircraft operations with six or more passenger seats and for Part 135 turbine aircraft operations with six to nine passenger seats FAR Parts 91 223 135 154 10 3 1 TAWS B Requirements TAWS requires the following to operate properly e A valid terrain obstacle database e A valid 3 D GPS position solution 10 3 2 TAWS B Limitations NOTE The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data TAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft Compliance with TAWS B alerts and warnings is MANDATORY When a TAWS B pull up annunciation is issued the pilot is required to pull up TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that may contain inaccuracies Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the content per TSO C151b 10 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 3 3 Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS TAWS uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizo
112. arest intersection 12 4 Nearest NDB 12 7 Nearest User Wpt 12 8 Nearest VOR 12 5 Nearest waypoint 12 1 Nearest weather 12 13 Negative climb rate 10 14 10 17 NEXRAD 8 5 8 19 11 6 11 8 Limitations 11 10 NEXRAD Canada 11 11 Next airspace 8 23 Non directional ownship 17 5 North up 8 10 11 1 O OBS 8 30 18 5 Obstacle data 8 12 10 2 10 7 10 18 15 5 18 10 Obstacles 8 4 8 12 8 16 9 7 10 1 Index 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 10 2 10 5 10 6 10 7 10 9 17 3 Obstructions 10 5 10 6 OCN 6 2 Overview 1 3 Ownship 15 26 p Page menus 8 7 8 15 8 18 8 19 Panning 8 23 Parallel track 4 15 17 5 Parking area 17 2 Part Sun 11 7 Photocell 15 27 Pilot controls 1 4 PIREP 11 26 Point to Point 14 13 14 18 Power up 8 33 9 8 10 1 10 8 10 18 18 9 18 12 Precipitation 11 10 Premature descent alerting 10 16 Preset 13 7 Preview flight plan 4 20 4 24 Procedures 1 19 6 1 Procedure turn 6 10 Product age 11 1 11 6 Product description 1 3 Product Support v Proximate advisory 17 2 Proximity advisory 9 3 R Radar 9 5 9 7 11 8 11 10 RAIM 14 10 Rainy 11 7 Range ring 8 11 9 13 10 10 Recent frequency 3 5 Record of Revisions vi Reduced required obstacle clearance 10 15 Reduced required terrain clearance 10 15 Reflectivity 11 8 11 9 11 10 Registration v Remote frequency control 3 11 Remove FPL waypoint 4 8 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN
113. aring to distance and frequency to the five nearest ARTCC points of communication within 200 NM of your present position For each ARTCC listed the Nearest ARTCC page also indicates the trequency s and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver to the center frequency Touch the ARTCC Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field of the COM window Touch the COM Active window to flip flop the Com frequencies GTN 650 only 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the ARTCC key A list of the nearest 25 ARTCCs within 200 NM will be listed ARTCC Frequency Key With Multiple i Frequencies Available ARTCC 132 45 Name and i mere ES ARTCC Frequency Information Key Touch To Insert Multip e Into Standby Com a J35 FREG Figure 12 18 Nearest ARTCC 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list as needed 3 The Frequency category will show Multiple keys if multiple frequencies are available Touch the Multiple FREQ key to display the frequencies tr Mh Bar tree Touch To Flip Flop Multile E jai Active And Standby Frequency List said Frequencies Selected ute F a Frequency requency Key Key Figure 12 19 Nearest ARTCC Multiple Frequency List Wu 4 Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected frequency into the Com Standby window 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 11 A GARMIN 12 9 Nearest Flight Service Station FS
114. armin and may be downloaded from the Garmin web site fly garmin com onto a Garmin provided Supplemental Datacard Contact Garmin at fly garmin com for navigation database updates and update kits 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 5 A GARMIN Database Function Where UE Provider Getting WEIS Stored Cycle Aviation Airport NAVAID Internal 28 days fly garmin com Updates installed via Waypoint and memory SD card and copied Airspace information into internal memory SateTaxi Airport surface Internal 56 days fly garmin com Updates installed via ene diagrams memory SD card and copied into internal memory Terrain Topographic map SD card As required fly garmin com Terrain TAWS Direc 0 Obstacle Obstacle information Internal 56 days fly garmin com Updates installed via for map and TAWS memory SD card and copied es into internal memory Basemap Boundary and road Internal As required fly garmin com Updates installed via etie information Memory SD card and copied a into internal memory Table 15 1 Database List 15 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 2 GPS Status 15 2 1 GPS Status Page The GPS Status Page provides a visual reference of GPS receiver functions including current satellite coverage GPS receiver status position accuracy and displays your present position in latitude and longitude and altitude The Satellite Statu
115. ases se ceeeorceeen te 9 16 Ol TaN a cde beecae sonar tug yee cee caeencet es coteneece ee seees 10 1 10 1 Terrain COP OUI A ORNS esses Sen cernuntresainsosetauscenineuaeiepetandiasntsesesetedengeounte 10 1 10 2 Tenan OMIM ctenessact ceeiceScenstsadsaenisehewes isons rnEeE ES na ESSE EEE EaR 10 1 10 2 1 Displaying Terrain Proxmity e toc cesaseaderas crdeseteseasarts sedesetedeasers 10 3 10 2 1 1 Terrain Page 120 Arc or 360 RINGS cccccseccesecessseeees 10 4 10 2 2 Terrain Limitations ss sseeseseseeeserseerseersrernserssrrnrersrrrnrrrsne 10 5 10 3 Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS B Optional 0 10 6 10 3 1 TAWS B Requirement ccccccsscessssessessessreeseneessnseeees 10 6 10 3 2 TAWS B Limitations 0 0 ee eeeeeeseecsreessseesseeeesressnreesteerens 10 6 10 3 3 Computing GPS Altitude for TAWS cc cccecccsecsecseeeeeeees 10 7 10 3 4 Baro Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude ceeeee 10 7 Ms E sre teees aetnswacise E E E A 10 8 10 3 6 Displaying TAWS Data suiciececessscsstesisnieaweteneecteawecanent 10 9 WF TAW Pagi uann n E toneeteneeas 10 10 10 371 Teram Page Layas sicrie a 10 10 10 3 7 2 Terram Page VIEW 5 2055 cenicess rosseaceaessuedecesaec eues teases nacesieesttes 10 11 10 3 7 3 Terrain Page TAWS Selections cccccscscseseeessesseeseeeen 10 11 10 3 8 TAS Alerts cecinanissnncrietincxncwanicen tindebsanctavesedesabarnurcasnandodsmurarsss 10 12 10 3 8 1 TAWS B Alerting Col
116. atabase not available DATACARD ERROR SD card is invalid or failed DATACARD REMOVED Reinsert SD card DATALINK GDL 69 is inoperative or connection to GTN is lost 16 6 Description A stored flight plan contains procedures that have been manually updated and a navigation database update has occurred A stored flight plan contains an airway that is no longer consistent with the current navigation database The terrain or obstacle database is missing or corrupt External SD card has an error and the unit is not able to read the databases External SD card was removed The GTN is configured for a Garmin datalink GDL 69 or 69A and the GTN cannot communicate with the datalink Data from the datalink will not be available Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action Verity that the user moditied procedures in stored flight plans are correct Verity that the airways in stored flight plans are correct Modify stored flight plans as necessary to include the current airways by re loading those airways to the stored flight plan routes Re load these databases on the external SD card Terrain database will not be accessible by the unit Contact dealer for service Reinsert SD card Contact dealer for service 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message Description Action DATA LOST User settings such as Recheck settings Pilot stored data map detail
117. avigation if desired by using their external source selection method this is typical an EFIS system 1 When the MAP is reached a pop up will appear Missed Approach Waypoint Reached Automatic Waypoint Sequencing SUS pended Figure 6 21 Pop Up Upon Reaching the MAP Touch the Remain Suspended key to continue with sequencing suspended or touch Activate GPS Missed Approach for guidance to the Missed Approach Hold Point 6 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 7 Flying an Approach with a Hold Upon activating an RNAV GPS approach you are given the option to skip any non required holding patterns during the initial transitions of the approach In a GPS approach you will not be given the option and you must manually reselect waypoint sequencing The Default NAV Page and Flight Plan Page displays a timer or distance as appropriate during the holding pattern Use this timer or distance to fly the outbound portion of the holding pattern The holding pattern is displayed on the Map Page and indicated as the active leg on the Detault NAV and Active Flight Plan pages A NOTE If you need to lose extra altitude or speed by going around the holding pattern again touch SUSP to manually suspend waypoint sequencing BEFORE crossing the holding waypoint the second time If you ve already passed this waypoint re activate the holding pattern As you cross the MAP a SUSP annunciation w
118. ayed Flight Plan Catalog Total Flight Plan Touch Up SOUT Down Keys To Scroll List B Touch To Create New Catalog Route Flight Plan Figure 4 34 Flight Plan Catalog Gulia 2 Touch a flight plan to display the Route Options Flight Plan Selected Route Options Flight Plan Figure 4 35 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options 3 Touch the Route Option key for the desired option to act on the selected flight plan 4 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 3 5 1 Catalog Route Option Activate 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Activate key and then touch OK The selected flight plan will be activated Replace current active route Figure 4 36 Touch OK to Replace the Existing Active Flight Plan 3 The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed 4 3 5 2 Catalog Route Option Invert amp Activate 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Invert amp Activate key and then touch OK The selected flight plan will be inverted and activated vert Replace current active route Figure 4 37 Touch OK to Invert and Activate the Selected Flight Plan 3 The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s
119. ble In such cases use a non GPS based approach RAIM prediction helps you plan for a pending flight to confirm GPS operation during an approach RAIM prediction only predicts the availability of Fault Detection FD integrity in the absence of SBAS corrections It cannot predict the availability of LPV or L VNAV approaches The FAA provides a NOTAM service for LPV approach availability 1 While viewing the Utilities page touch the RAIM Prediction key Touch To Select Bak Mts S Utilities RAIH Predictian Destination Waypoint Waypoint Touch To Select Local Arrival Date Touch To Select Local Arrival Time Figure 14 13 Utility RAIM Prediction Page 2 Touch the Waypoint key and select the waypoint for RAIM Prediction 3 Touch the Arrival Date key and select the date of arrival at the selected waypoint 4 Touch the Arrival Time key and select the local time of expected arrival at the selected waypoint 14 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN come ram 5 When the Waypoint Arrival Date and Arrival Time values have been entered touch the Compute RAIM key to determine if RAIM is available T Utilities RAIM Prediction Touch To Compute RAIM Compute RAIM Com Nav RAIM Prediction Result FPL Figure 14 14 RAIM Prediction Completed Nearest 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 11 A GARMIN 14 4 Trip Planning The GT
120. c conditions seldom match the standard conditions defined by the International Standard Atmosphere ISA model where pressure temperature and lapse rates have fixed values it is common for the baro corrected altitude as read from the altimeter to differ from the GSL altitude This variation results in the aircrafts true altitude differing from the baro corrected altitude 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 7 Terrain A GARMIN 10 3 5 Using TAWS During unit power up the terrain obstacle database versions are displayed At the same time TAWS self test begins One of the following aural messages is generated e TAWS System Test OK not given if the aircraft is on the ground e TAWS System Failure TAWS information can be displayed on the Map page Terrain and obstacles with heights greater than 200 feet Above Ground Level AGL are displayed in yellow and red The GIN 6XX adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft Direct To altitude changes Wnt Infa Wot Into 360 Arc Flight Plan Legend TAWS Inhibit Test TAWS Terrain Figure 10 5 TAWS Page Functional Diagram 10 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 3 6 Displaying TAWS Data TAWS uses yellow caution and red warning to depict terrain and obstacles alerts relative to aircraft altitude Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft altitude changes The colors and symbols
121. can be pressed multiple times to scroll the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box the list will wrap from the bottom of the list back up to the top skipping any empty preset positions The standby frequency isn t activated until a Com flip flop switch either remote or bezel mounted is pressed Remote Frequency Selection only functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch 3 4 Com Frequency Monitoring The Frequency Monitoring function allows you to listen to the Standby frequency in the Com radio while monitoring the Active frequency for activity 1 Touch the MON key to listen to the standby frequency A small MON annunciation is displayed to the right of the Standby frequency A green bar will show on the MON key When the Active frequency receives a signal the unit will switch automatically to the Active frequency and then switch back to the standby trequency when activity ceases Frequency Com Standby Frequency Monitor Monitor Key Editing Window Annunciation Frequency Transfer Flip Flop Key Figure 3 21 Com Frequency Monitoring 2 The Monitor function is deactivated when you touch the MON Hon key again and the green bar is extinguished NOTE The Com radio Monitoring function is different than the Monitor function of the Audio Panel 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 11 A GARMIN 3 5 Nav VOR Localizer Glideslope
122. cancelled the previously active flight plan willbe _ reactivated and the nearest leg to the aircraft position will become the active leg Startec It there was no active flight plan after cancelling the Direct To course the aircraft will continue with the current heading mae 1 Press the Direct To key to display the Direct To page Com Nav Touch To E Tes ii Remove The ESU git Poni Direct To Waypoint Direct To a 7 Course A aan i ae Proc Press Small Knob To Edit Direct To Wot Wot Info Figure 5 8 Remove the Direct To Course 2 Touch the Remove key 3 Navigation will now return to the active flight plan Utilities system 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 5 A GARMIN soggy D D Direct To Map Waypoint E A Direct To course may be set to any waypoint selected on the Map page The waypoint is selected by touching an item such as an airport VOR or NDB or any other location Touching the map page at any place not having an existing location name will create a waypoint with the name MAPWPT Touching the Direct To key will automatically insert the selected waypoint as the Direct To a waypoint The MAPWPT will be saved as a User Waypoint FPI 1 On the Map page touch the map at the location intended to be the Direct To waypoint Direct T i 2 Press the Direct To key on the right side of the unit me Waypoint Tab Direct To Waypoint Name Direct To Waypoint
123. ceuss as eseensiny Seeese dsnssenas bree ciads nee Seacseck ss 12 7 12 6 Nearest User Waypoint ccccccccssccesssecssessersessneesseesseeesseeessneess 12 8 12 Nearest GC senses seca ee ee sees es ee see ee ese ee es 12 9 128 Nearest ARTCC orre Driana rE ENa E P Een EP S REEE NSR EERDER 12 11 12 9 Nearest Flight Service Station FSS ccccccscsecsecsecsecsecssecseesseeeees 12 12 12 10 Nearest Weather Frequency WX FreQ ccccccccsscscscsssssecsesseeseseeeees 12 13 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide xili Foreward A GARMIN O Musi soe EE 13 1 13 1 Activating XM Satellite Radio Services ccccceesecsecsesesssesesseeseeeeees 13 2 Getting 13 2 Music Operation sacnccencaassenrsneadaeanseaseiuecensdersnamedaveceanaehseasudavecaanatbseensaas 13 3 13 2 1 Browsing Channels and Categories 13 4 13 2 2 Selecting an XM Radio Channel by Number cceee 13 5 D2 AM ROVOM E acens aane rn Er iar TAERA 13 6 13 2 4 XM Radio Channel Presets cccccccccsscscscssssscesseseeeeeees 13 7 Teel VINO et tl ey cect xcna ssc beapacheeneee E rma 13 7 13242 Recalling a Prese lattes cocstecnenateecesun roeprsasauscaneeaderieeniscuet 13 7 13 3 GDL 69 69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting 000 13 8 AA UUS se genase nannies 14 1 14 1 Vertical Calculator VCALC oo ciecceeecceccssceeeceeceeeeecennseeeeesennteeeeesennas 14 3 WA NAOT ANUS secs sencacercedsceesanesesecedssoousstesssdohensvesans A 14
124. ch one of the keys Map Procedures Runways etc for more intormation about the selected airport 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 3 A GARMIN 12 3 Nearest Intersection INT The Nearest Intersection Page displays the identifier symbol bearing and distance to the 25 nearest intersections within 200 NM of your present position E 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the INT key A list of the nearest 25 Intersections within 200 NM will be listed cana i Nearest Intersection DEIR con Slider Indicates More Intersection BEQII tems On The List Identifier nH Ri 7FEMAN Intersection WE USA Information Arrow Indicates More YECTU AUS Items On The List Figure 12 5 Nearest Intersection List 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list i Berrest intersection OLDIF oi SA q Touch Screen And Drag Finger To View More Items On The List DL ZIMV 5 200 poe wer ENUA 1200 WEGUK TERS A Yy Touch Arrows To View Back AMUSA ts fares Vore Items On The List Figure 12 6 Scrolling Down the Nearest Intersection List OLDIF 3 Touch the Intersection Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected Intersection Intersection Information Referenced To Current Position Touch To View Intersection Map Detail Figure 12 7 Nearest Intersection Waypoint Detail 12 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GAR
125. could come in the form of an incorrect procedure incorrectly identified terrain obstacles and fixes or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication in the air or on the ground Go to FlyGarmin com and at the bottom of the page select Aviation Data Error Report Updating the Jeppesen navigation database 1 With the GTN 6XX System OFF insert the SD card containing the navigation database update into the card slot of the GIN 6XX to be updated label of SD card should face to the right 2 Turn the GIN 6XX System ON 3 Verity the correct update cycle is loaded during power up Appendix 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 9 A GARMIN 18 2 2 Garmin Databases Foreword Getting NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from Started government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data Xpdr Ctrl S The Supplemental Data Card should not be removed except to update the Com Nav databases stored on the card The data cards cannot be moved between units FPL Direct To Derd Proc Wot Info Figure 18 1 SD Card Database Location Map The Garmin databases can be updated by following the instructions on fly garmin com Once the updated files have been downloaded from the web site a lalic PC equipped with an appropriate SD card reader is used to unpack and program th
126. ct From Waypoint Figure 14 17 Selecting a From Waypoint 5 Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database for the destination waypoint and touch Enter mesa 6 Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select the departure time local time at From waypoint and touch Enter Selected Departure Time Touch To Select Departure Time Figure 14 18 Selecting Departure Time 14 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date page to select the departure year month and day and then touch Enter F Lelet Year Touch To Select Departure Year Select Month October Touch To Select Departure Month Hovember December Touch To Select Departure Day Figure 14 19 Selecting Departure Date 8 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter Selected Ground Speed Utilities Touch To Select Ground Speed Figure 14 20 Selecting Expected Average Ground Speed 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 15 raffic fi learest Utilities System A GARMIN 9 After completing the Trip Planning selections touch the ae Data 2 to the trip statistics emt tine 7 KPUC moi wu pret ne 3 rpg Trip Statistics 141610 00 02 un Between Statistics and Data Input
127. cting an Approach s s ssssnssssisnsnisinnisinnisinrininraninrnninrnnininrerinrnnrnrns 6 7 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide IX Foreward 6 5 6 6 6 6 8 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 1 1 T2 is 1 4 Id 7 6 A GARMIN Approaches with Procedure TUrMS ccccccscscsessscecsessssssscseseeseeeeees 6 10 Flying the Missed Approach scisciacazacorts onaiezssagsopseartstesesieptoucaese wecisaee 6 10 Flying an Approach with a Hold ssssssssnssssiensnisisnrersnrrinrerinrnnrernnrnn 6 11 Flying a DME Arc Approach cccccscccsecsscsssssssescsssessessesssesseseeeeeees 6 12 ILS Approaches GTN 650 Only snaccsrescrdcczasasseorsneideczssanusseesetaeee yp cnassee 6 13 RNAV Approach Procedures c ccccccccsccsscsscsscssessscsessessessesssssseseseaees 6 14 Points to Remember for All Procedures cccccccscsecsecsecsecsecsecseseeseeen 6 15 Points to Remember for Localizer or VOR based Approaches 6 15 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 n e e 6 17 Waypoint Info sssssessssssssresrenrnsnnsnnonnnnnsnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnns 7 1 Waypoint SCIOCUION ccix5 custuctevessicbs sentcadseesducestwetendiaustuctssustecbixestistatentces 7 3 POU aree a E sraseres aids seee eraser EEE E 7 4 1 2 1 MUU a E E E E E E E EEE E vane 7 4 1 2 2 PFOVIQW cceccecsssecssceessesessnceseneecsscessensessnsesaneessneessenesssnenseneess 7 5 1 2 3 PIO COCA OS e e E E E E 7
128. curacy and performance of all GPS equipment Portions of the Garmin GTN 6XX utilize GPS as a precision electronic NAVigation AID NAVAID Therefore as with all NAVAIDs information presented by the GTN 6XX can be misused or misinterpreted and therefore become unsafe 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide lI Foreward A A GARMIN CAUTION The Garmin GTN 6XX does not contain any user serviceable parts Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and the pilot s authority to operate this device under FAA FCC regulations CAUTION The GTN displays use a lens coated with a special anti reflective coating that is very sensitive to skin oils waxes and abrasive cleaners CLEANERS CONTAINING AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI REFLECTIVE COATING It is very important to clean the lens using a clean lint free cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner that is specified as safe for anti reflective coatings CAUTION Garmin would like to remind pilots flying with GDL 69 69A equipped aircraft that TFRs are only advisory and are not a replacement for a thorough preflight briefing on TFR times and locations Always confirm TFR data through official sources and contact your Flight Service Station for interpretation of TFR data NOTE All visual depictions contained within this document including screen images of the GTN bezel and displays a
129. d from the CDI The Dead Reckoning annunciator DR appears on the lower left side of the map display and will replace ENR or OCN when a GPS position is unavailable and the unit is in Dead Reckoning mode All external outputs dependent on GPS position are flagged Terrain will be noted as not available and new terrain advisory pop ups will not occur Traffic and StormScope information will not be shown on the Map page but will continue to be available on their own dedicated pages XM weather will still be available on the Map page Dead Reckoning mode will continue until GPS position is restored when GPS navigation is restored Dead Reckoning mode is exited The DR annunciations will be removed and GPS information will be used to compute navigation related information for the current flight phase Dead Reckoning is only allowed in En Route and Oceanic phases of flight If the unit is in a Terminal or Approach phase of flight when Dead Reckoning takes place No GPS Position will be displayed on the map pages and all navigation data will be dashed If you are operating in Dead Reckoning mode and a transition to Terminal or Approach phases of flight would occur from the projected Dead Reckoning position Dead Reckoning mode will be discontinued No GPS Position will be displayed on the map pages and all navigation data will be dashed 1 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN __ ESS 2 TRANSPOND
130. d into the Waypoint window of the Direct To function Touch the Activate key to navigate directly to that waypoint Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 12 2 Nearest Airport The Nearest Airport Page displays the identifier symbol bearing and distance and the length of the longest runway for the 25 nearest airports within 200 NM of your present position The Nearest Airport Page can be configured to exclude shorter runways or undesirable runway surface types so that the corresponding airports do not appear on the list You may wish to use this feature to exclude seaplane bases heliports or runway lengths which would be difficult or impossible to land upon See System Setup Nearest Airport Criteria for information about configuring the Nearest Airport display criteria 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the Airport key A list of the nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed Scroll Bar Indicates Airport More Items On The List Identifier Airport Information Up Down Keys Indicate More Items On The List Figure 12 3 Nearest Airport 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list 3 Touch the Airport Identifier key to show the Waypoint Into page for the selected airport Airport Information Referenced To Current Position seedures Auras Bist Touch A Key For More Airport Information oF Figure 12 4 Nearest Airport Waypoint Info 4 Tou
131. d then the keypad to select the Heading value and then touch Enter Touch To Clear Values Touch To Select Heading Value Figure 14 44 Select Heading Value 8 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and then touch Enter Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 25 Music A GARMIN 14 7 Clean Screen Mode The Clean Screen mode makes the touchscreen inactive so the display can be manually cleaned The front bezel keypad and display can be cleaned with a microfiber cloth or with a soft cotton cloth dampened with clean water DO NOT use any chemical cleaning agents Care should be taken to avoid scratching the surface of the display Ld 1 While viewing the Utilities page group touch the Clean Screen key to start Screen Cleaning Mode Touch To Clean Screen Figure 14 45 Utilities Home Page 2 Touch the HOME key to exit Screen Cleaning Mode SCREEN CLEANING MODE Press the HOME button ta exit Figure 14 46 Screen Cleaning Mode Utilities 14 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 SYSTEM EF The System function allows you to change unit settings customize operation Getting to your preferences and check on the operation of your unit The System pages cover System Status GPS Status External LRUs Setup Alerts Units Audio Ownship and the Backlight control function 1 From the Home page touch the Sy
132. e Figure 8 14 Map Setup Minimum Auto Zoom Range Auto Zoom Max Set the limit that the display will zoom out automatically Sect Mas Auto foo Borge Selected Maximum Auto Zoom Range Figure 8 15 Map Setup Maximum Auto Zoom Range Nav Range Ring When turned on the Nav Range Ring option will show a ring with a compass rose around your present position on the Map page Nav Range Ring K a e Current Position Nav Range Ring Range I n r Figure 8 16 Nav Range Ring 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 11 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN TOPO Scale The Topo Scale option selects whether the elevation scale for topographical Getting features on the Map page is displayed The scale will be located on the right side we of the display Foreword Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Figure 8 17 Map Page Topo Scale Obstacle Range The Obstacle Data option selects whether the Obstacle Data is shown on the Map page Obstacles will be shown at and below the selected map range Map Weather ranges above this value will not show the Obstacle Data Nearest Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Height is less than Height is les
133. e touch Channel Spacing to toggle between 8 33 kHz and 25 0 kHz channel spacing 15 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 4 6 Crossfill Dual units may be interfaced to crossfill information between the two units This option will not be available unless dual units are configured Getting When Crossfill is turned on with one GTN it is automatically turned on in the other GIN Some items are always crossfilled regardless of the crossfill setting others are dependent on the crossfill setting NOTE Upon crossfill being activated the GTNs may take up to 10 seconds to crossfill the flight plans The pilot must verify the flight plan in each unit prior to use This data is always crossfilled e User waypoints Proc Flight plan catalog e Alerts traffic popup acknowledgement missed approach waypoint popup acknowledgement altitude leg popup acknowledgement e External sensors transponder status and commands synchro heading e System setup l Favorite NAV frequencies Terrain Date Time convention l l Nearest airport criteria l Units Nav angle Distance Speed etc Nearest l Favorite COM frequencies l Ownship icon Utilities CDI Scale setting ILS CDI Capture setting This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot e Active navigation flight plan 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 19 A GARM
134. e format local or UTC 12 d or 24 hour UTC also called GMT or Zulu date and time are calculated directly from the GPS satellites signals and cannot be changed d System Setup Date Time E 08 DEC 10 Current Selected Com Nav 21 53 59 Da te and Time Touch To Select Local Time Offset Touch To Select Time Format Figure 15 19 System Date and Time Setup 1 While viewing the System Setup page touch the Date Time key 2 While viewing the System Setup page touch Local Offset to set the time offset for local time Use the keypad to select the desired local offset and then touch Enter While viewing the System Setup page touch the Time Format key to select local 12 hour local 24 hour or UTC time Touch Key to Select Time Format Utilities Figure 15 20 Select System Time Format 5 Touch the key for the desired time format N hace anac CIIGUCD 15 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 4 4 Nearest Airport Criteria Nearest Airport Criteria defines the surface type and minimum runway length used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the Nearest Airport Getting Page A minimum runway length and or surface type may be entered to prevent airports with small runways or runways that do not have an appropriate surface oar cw from being displayed The default settings are O feet or meters for runway length and any for runway s
135. e has a 30 second data transmission that must be collected hollow signal strength bar before the satellite may be used for navigation solid signal strength bar Once the GPS receiver has determined your position the GTN unit indicates your position altitude track and ground speed The GPS receiver status field also displays the following messages under the appropriate conditions 15 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN GPS Signal Message Description The GPS receiver is acquiring satellites tor navigation In this mode the receiver uses satellite orbital data Acquiring collected continuously trom the satellites and last known position to determine the satellites that should be in view The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and 3D Nav l computes altitude using satellite data 3D Diff Nav The GPS receiver isin 3D navigation mode and differential corrections are being used The LOI Loss Of Integrity annunciator bottom left 0 corner of the screen indicates that satellite coverage is insufficient to pass built in integrity monitoring tests Table 15 3 GPS Signal Messages The GPS Status Page also indicates the accuracy of the position fix using Horizontal Figure of Merit HFOM Vertical Figure of Merit VFOM and Estimated Position Uncertainty EPU HFOM and VFOM represent the 95 confidence levels in horizontal and vertical accuracy The lowest numbers are the best acc
136. e navigational guidance on vectored legs 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page and then touch the Departure key to display the Departure list Touch To Show Departure List Figure 6 2 Select Departure 2 If necessary touch the Airport key and enter the departure airport Touch the key for the desired Departure 3 Touch the key for the desired Transition Select Transition RTF SHAKOT Touch To Select i IACKS Desired Departure Transition Ji MURTH ROGET Back Figure 6 3 Selecting a Departure Transition 4 Touch the key for the desired Runway if necessary Touch To Select Desired Departure Runway DOCE Figure 6 4 Selecting a Departure Runway 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 3 A GARMIN NOTE If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B for instance this means both runways 10L and 10R Getting ana 5 After selecting the runway the Departure page will be a displayed Com N Touch To Select EE aan amet Touch To Select o Airport Departure m Touch To Select Touch To Select FPL Runway Transition ver Touch To Preview in Ay Load Touch To Load Departure MENEAR A E Departure Figure 6 5 Result of Selecting a Departure kJ 6 Touch the Preview key to view the Departure KTWF AVW25 5A AR O1 JACKS j A Departure oocur T m Diagram Sequence List For The Selected Departure Touch To Load Departure _ Figure 6 6 Previewing a De
137. e new databases onto the existing Supplemental Data Cards The following ean equipment is required to perform the update e Windows compatible PC computer Windows 2000 XP Vista or Windows 7 recommended Nearest e SanDisk SD Card Reader P Ns SDDR 93 or SDDR 99 or equivalent card reader Weather Music Updated database obtained from the Garmin web site Utilities e Existing Garmin Supplemental Database SD Card It may be necessary to have the system configured by a Garmin authorized System oe service facility in order to use certain database features Messages Symbols Appendix Index 18 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Common Problems Troubleshooting Tips for Databases SD Cards _ The supplied SD cards and most commercially available SD cards have a small sliding tab located on the top lett of the card when viewing the card label side up When the sliding tab is in the Down position as in farther away from _ the gold contacts on the back of the card you will not be able to write data to the card as it will be write protected The tab must be in the Up position to work correctly Card Programmer _ l l l If a card programmer is having trouble finding or writing data to the SD cards you may have to upgrade to a High Capacity SD card programmer SD cards with a capacity of 4GB are considered high capacity Most non high capaci
138. e numeric keypad to select the desired value 5 Touch the Enter key 6 Touch the Create WPT key to save the new waypoint 7 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 MAP K it The Map page is used to provide situational awareness in flight The Map Getting page can display the following information Started e Airports NAVAIDs airspace Flight plan legs Xpdr Ctr airways land data highways Topography scale cities lakes rivers borders etc Com Nav E aaames Topography data e XM NEXRAD Weather Optional P e Terrain Overlay e Wind direction and speed Icons for enabled map features Direct To e Aircraft icon with the nose e Tralfic Overlay representing present position oe e Nav range ring Wot Info Map Menu ijl sata a1 a e Active Flight Options K eeo gt EE Plan Leg P North Indicator 1 or H aan Aircraft Symbo aut A CENO Present Position Back to Range Keys Terrain Previous Page Touch to Zoom In and Out Nav Range Ring Map Scale Weather Figure 8 1 Map Page Description Nearest A NOTE The electronic map is an aid to navigation and is designed to facilitate the use of authorized government charts not replace them Music Land and water data is provided only as a general reference The accuracy of the land and water data is not suitable for use as a primary source of Utilities navigation and should only be used to supplement official government cha
139. e the operation System LOCK ACTIVATION is should be done only tor Mme Utilities nial ara change i subscription Continue Ok Figure 15 13 Loc Activation 4 Touch the Back key to return to the GDL Status page Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 5 Touch the Weather Products key to display the weather products subscription status Foreword GOL 694A Weather Products cos Getting Started Weather Product List Xpdr Ctr Weather Com Nav mum Product Legend Figure 15 14 GDL 69 69A Status FPL 4 Touch the Back key to return to the System page ae ITeCt 10 Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 13 A GARMIN 15 4 Setup System Setup allows setting the time convention Com channel spacing crossfilling to a second GIN and Nearest Airport search filtering i e CDI Selected CDI ILS CDI Capture Date Time Local Offset Time Format Nearest Airport Runway Surface Min Rwy Length Com Channel Spacing 25 0 kHz 8 33 kHz Crossfill Figure 15 15 System Setup Functions 15 4 1 System Setup jimi The System Setup function allows setting the time convention Com channel spacing crossfilling to a second GTN and Nearest Airport search filtering 1 While viewing the System page touch the Setup key Touch K
140. eather fronts and the direction they are moving High and Low pressure centers are noted with a large H or L A Cold Front is a front where cold air replaces warm air A blue line with blue triangles will point in the direction of cold air flow A Warm Front is where warm air replaces cold air A red line with red half moons will point in the direction of the warm air flow org 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Wx Forecast key City Forecast Symbol Weather Front Surface Analysis Figure 11 30 Surface Conditions 2 Touch the desired Surface Forecast time Current 12 Hour 24 Hour 36 Hour or 48 Hour to display the desired information Touch And Drag Slider To Scroll Selections Touch To Select Time Touch To Scroll Selections Figure 11 31 Select City Forecast Time 2 Touch a City Forecast symbol to show detailed information Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display Forecast A City Forecast Symbol A CUR Partly Goudy 76H 5 a LAAHR Parth Ooudy 42 9 L JAHR Partly Cloudy JOH 5 a IGHR Partiy Cloudy 49 L a0HH Partly Ooudy 76 THH Figure 11 32 Surface Conditions Detail 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 21 A GARMIN 3 Touch the Wx Forecast key again to turn it off City Forecast Sunny Rainy 1e SUE lt Snow Be Fronts Cold Warm Stationary Cloudy E Haze d HATE Orcluded T Storm Fogg
141. eck For Any Messages Figure 1 10 System Startup Pages 2 When the Instrument Panel Self Test and Fuel Setting page appears check to ensure that the CDI HSI outputs and other displayed data are correct on the external interfaced equipment 3 Touch each of the Fuel value keys and set the appropriate values as desired Fuel capacity is shown in either gallons or pounds as set in the Units feature of System mode Touch To Set Current Fuel Start Up Quantity Instrument Panel Test Touch To Set Conditions Fuel Flow Touch To Continue To Home Page Figure 1 11 Instrument Panel Self Test amp Fuel Settings Page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 7 A GARMIN gerry 4 When the Fuel on Board value is selected touch the Fuel on Board key to display the Fuel on Board values Touch the Full or Tabs keys to display those values after they have been set Started as Touch To Touch To Display Fuel Display Fuel Full Capacity Tabs Capacity Touch To Set Touch To Fuel Full or Tab Delete Capacity Characters Touch Keys To Select Fuel Touch To Capacity Values Accept Fuel on Board Values Selected Fuel on Board Capacity Figure 1 12 Fuel On Board Page 5 Touch the Set Full Tabs key to set the fuel values for Fuel Full Capacity and Fuel Tab Capacity After setting the fuel values touch the Back and then the Enter keys to return to the Instrument Panel Self Test page Cet Fu a Touch
142. ect Arrival MO Touch To Select A Arrival Figure 6 10 Select from Arrival List 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 5 A GARMIN 4 Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired transition Touch To Select Transition FP Figure 6 11 Select from Transition List 5 Touch the key for the desired Runway if necessary The completed Arrival page will be displayed Psh Sa is eee A Touch To Display Touch To Select PEES Arrival List For The Wot Info Airport ithe MOTI Selected Airport Touch To Select Touch To Display Transition Runway List For The Selected Arrival Touch To Preview Arrival Touch To Load Arrival Into Wot List And Map The Active Flight Plan Figure 6 12 Completed Arrival Page NOTE If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B for instance this means both runways 10L and 10R Ea 6 Touch the Preview key A preview of the Arrival and the Sequence List will be displayed KM OW HOF MOTE SOL Seguence List For The Selected System Arrival Arrival Diagram een Touch To Load sack zy ee Arrival Figure 6 13 Arrival Map Preview and Sequence List Pare 7 Touch the Load Arrival key to insert the arrival into the flight plan The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed 6 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Touch To Select ETAS Or Remove Arrival Scroll To View Flight Plan Touch To Edit With De
143. ect To ETE onical W Ealt FPL me Figure 8 22 Obstacle Detail Wot Inf 5 Touch the Back key to return to the normal map view Map vefc Restore Defaults Returns values to the original factory settings Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 8 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 1 2 2 Aviation The Aviation group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to customize the display of Active Flight Plan Active Flight Plan Waypoints Airport size range SafeTaxi information Runway Extensions Intersection NDB locations VOR locations Airspace Detail and TFR icons on the Map page The feature will be shown at map ranges of the selected value and lower The options for each feature are shown in the following table The default values are shown in bold type Feature Selection Off 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 Airport Range NM 100 NM 150 NM Off 1000 ft 1500 ft 2500 ft 0 5 NM 0 75 NM 1 NM SafeTaxi Diagrams 1E NM off 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM Intersection Range 10 NM Off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM off 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM off 0 75 NM 1 NM 1 5 NM 2 5 NM 4 NM 5 NM 7 5 NM 10 NM 15 NM 25 NM 40 NM 50 NM 75 NM 100 NM Off On Restore Defaults Ret
144. ect the desired Target Altitude and then touch the Enter key 14 1 2 Altitude Type This value selects the altitude reference that will be used for VCALC calculations 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch Altitude Type 2 Touching the Altitude Type key will toggle between MSL and Above WPT Above WPT is only available for waypoints that are airports Utilities 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 5 A GARMIN 14 1 3 Vertical Speed VS Profile This value sets the vertical speed 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the VS Profile key Selected Backspace Vertical Key Speed Numeric Keypad Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Value Figure 14 7 Select VCALC Vertical Speed 2 Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Vertical Speed and then touch the Enter key 14 1 4 Target Offset The Target Offset is a pilot selected distance value that represents the geographical location where you wish to arrive at the target altitude This distance is measured from the Target Waypoint and in a separate data field on the VCALC page designated as either before or after the Target Waypoint ecm 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch the Offset key Selected FRE Target Offset metas a Target Oru 24 Offset Numeric Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Number Figure 14 8 Select VCALC Target Offset 2 Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Target Offset
145. ected category using the numeric keypad kN 1 While viewing the main Music page touch the Channel key The Channel Number selection page will appear Touch Channel Key Figure 13 5 Selecting Music Channels 2 Use the numeric keys to enter the number for the desired channel and then touch the Enter key Touch to Clear Channel Number Window Numeric Keypad for Channel Number Selection Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Number Figure 13 6 Selecting Music Channels with the Numeric Keypad Channel Number Window 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 5 A GARMIN 13 2 3 XM Radio Volume The Volume control allows you to set the audio volume level as well as mute the audio 1 While viewing the Music page touch the Volume key Bar Graph Showing Volume Level Music Volume Touch Lower Touch Raise The Volume The Volume Touch To Toggle Mute Figure 13 7 Music Volume Control Touch the Up or Down Volume keys to adjust the radio volume Touch MUTE to mute the radio volume Touch MUTE again or the Volume key to unmute the radio volume 13 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 13 2 4 XM Radio Channel Presets The Music page allows you to store the Active Channel into a selected preset position for easy later recall A delay of several seconds can occur when setting or recalling a preset Bose wave Music CAH fd p
146. ed Fly to LNAV minimums LNAV Lateral Navigation approach Fly to LNAV minimums MAPR Missed Approach indicates the system is providing missed approach integrity and CDI full scale deflection 0 3 NM ENR En route CDI full scale deflection is 2 0 NM or current CDI scale selection whichever is smaller TERM Terminal CDI full scale deflection is 1 0 NM or current CDI scale selection whichever is smaller Departure indicates the system is using non precision approach integrity CDI full scale deflection is 0 3 NM Oceanic CDI full scale deflection is 2 0 NM LOW ALT For LNAV V LNAV VNAV or LPV approaches the LOW ALT annunciation indicates the aircraft s estimated height is lower than the Final Approach Waypoint height by approximately 50 meters This annunciation will not be active when TAWS is operational Table 6 1 Phase of Flight Annunciations lower window 6 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 2 Selecting a Departure A Departure Procedure DP is loaded at the departure airport in the flight plan Only one departure can be loaded at a time in a flight plan If a departure is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight plan the new departure replaces the previous departure The route is defined by selection of a departure the transition waypoint and a runway NOTE Vector only departures are not available in the Procedures database as the GTN 6XX cannot provid
147. ed waypoint from the list The center area of the page shows a map with the VOR in the center Proc 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the VOR key VOR Identifier Distance amp Bearing To VOR Symbol amp Name From Current Position I hes BIE VORTAC k 3 1M ffic VOR Location 2 m retersby rg n ac 345 aint Petersburg Fl ee ee a amp Region SE USA alee Peds VOR Lat Lon Terrain VOR Class VOR Class High Altitude ete Sta Gon Hinatan T E Hoant Arpoi Magnetic at i KPIE Nearest Airport i Variation Bit a 16 80 M Information Back mhath i Touch To View VOR Area Map VOR Frequency Touch To Nearest Insert Into Nav Standby Figure 7 15 Waypoint Info VORs 2 Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom Utilities in and out on the map You may touch the map window and while lightly pressing the display drag your finger to move the System map view 3 Touch the Frequency key next to load it as the Nav standby frequency Frequency 116 40 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 11 Wot Info A GARMIN 1 5 NDB The NDB page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed information about the NDB The top left area of the page displays the NDB identifier name city and state and region The top center area shows the lat lon coordinates of the NDB and the bearing with direction arrow and distance to the NDB from your present position The top right area s
148. eds 30 knots Alert Annunciation TAWS Available TAS Available TAWS System Test in Progress TER TEST Alert Type Aural Message TAWS System Test Pass TAWS System Test OK TAWS N A TERNA TAWS Not Available TAWS System Test Fail TER FAIL TAWS System Failure Table 10 5 TAWS B System Test Status Annunciations 10 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 WEATHER FS XM Weather data are displayed by the Weather Data Link function when an optional datalink is configured for weather or the StormScope system is installed The Wx Weather pages may be oriented to Track Up Heading Up or North Up When a weather product is active on Map function or the Weather Data Link function is selected the age of the data is displayed on the screen The age of the product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled on the ground and the current GPS time Weather products are refreshed at specific intervals shown in the Product Age column on the right side of the Weather page When two weather products are installed a key for each product will be shown Touch the key for the desired weather product When a single weather product is installed touching the Weather key will go directly to the Weather page Touch To Use StormScope Figure 11 1 Weather Page 11 1 XM Weather Products Optional If for any reason a weather product is not refreshed within the 30 60 90
149. educed Required Terrain Clearance Satellite Based Augmentation System Storm Cell Identification and Tracking Secure Digital surface Standard Instrument Approach Procedures Standard Instrument Departure Significant Meteorological Information slip skid symbol speed service Standard Terminal Arrival Route statistics standby standard Special Use Airspace suspend software system 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 TA TACAN TAF TAS TAS TAT TAWS TCA TCAS TEMP TERM TFR T HDG TIS TMA Topo Track TRK TRSA UNAVAIL USR UTC UTM UPS V Vspeed VAR VFR VHF VLOC VMC VNAV VNV VOR VORTAC VS 190 01004 03 Rev B true Traffic Advisory Tactical Air Navigation System Terminal Aerodrome Forecast True Airspeed Traffic Advisory System Total Air Temperature Terrain Awareness and Warning System Terminal Control Area Traffic Collision Avoidance System temperature terminal Temporary Flight Restriction True Heading Traffic Information System Terminal Maneuvering Area topographic Direction of aircraft movement relative to a ground position also Ground Track track Terminal Radar Service Area unavailable user Coordinated Universal Time Universal Transverse Stereographic Grid velocity airspeed variation Visual Flight Rules Very High Frequency VOR Localizer Receiver Mercator Visual Meteorological Conditions vertical navigation VHF O
150. eld 34614 ol WO SOdd JUIOg 0 JUIOg apoy paeds punoly a1eq ued q dWI yed q p w uejd IUDI 4 i TWOJE SOd d JUIOg 0 JUIOg apoy dll J SJ Y iy U uQ Jamo Pua dw anwedaq Jaw Jasay ANY U uQ Jamo enal sawi duj JAW Jasay doysue IVY ayndwo gt 1S Ue1s umoq SMEIS NIVY dq SUI PALLY eq eAWY JulodAe uod JAW JUBUaS N 5 sabessay Aejdsiq synejaq ao say yuiod em bu Jay alojag JoSHO 3 Old SA dM anogy ISN ad apnyyy apnyniy youve 2 Utilities Functional Diagram Figure 14 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 2 A GARMIN 14 1 Vertical Calculator VCALC winks The Vertical Calculator VCALC function allows you to create a three dimensional profile which guides you from your present position and altitude to a final target altitude at a specified location This is helpful when you d like to descend to a certain altitude near an airport Once the profile is defined message alerts and additional data can be configured on the Default NAV and Map Pages to keep you informed of your progress Cruise Altitude Target Altitude Target la a Ri hha ee a 7 Waypoint Target Offset Before Figure 14 3 VCALC Target VCALC is inhibited in the following conditions e Groundspeed is less than 35 knots e No active flight plan or direct to destination SUSP mode e Vectors to Final mode e VLOC mode e Af
151. en the transponder antenna usually located on the underside of the aircraft and the ground based radar antenna Nearest the signal may be temporarily interrupted Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described in the AIM Section 1 3 5 Music System Garmin is not responsible for Mode S cimbol geographical coverage Operation of the ground stations is the responsibility of the FAA Refer to the Aeronautical Information Manual for a Terminal Mode S Radar Site Map covering the U S ae 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 5 A GARMIN A NOTE TIS will be unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the U S particularly in mountainous regions Also when flying near the floor of radar coverage in a particular area intruders below the client aircraft may not be detected by TIS TIS information is collected one radar scan prior to the scan during which the uplink occurs Therefore the surveillance information is approximately five seconds old In order to present the intruders in a real time position the TIS ground station uses a predictive algorithm in its tracking software This algorithm uses track history data to extrapolate intruders to their expected positions consistent with the time of display in the cockpit Occasionally aircraft maneuvering will cause this algorithm to induce errors in the display These errors primarily affect relative bearing information and tr
152. ency To select a Nav frequency for a User created frequency Recent selected frequency Nearest airport or from your Flight Plan 1 While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key at the bottom of the display Categories for User Recent Nearest and Flight Plan are available 2 Touch the User Recent Nearest or Flight Plan key A list of frequencies for the Nearest airports will be displayed Touch to Select Nearest Freg List Touch to Select Recent Freq List Touch to Select User Freq List Touch to Select Fpl Freq List Figure 3 24 Find Nav Frequency Group 3 Touch the desired Nav frequency to select it and place it into the Nav Standby window Active Nav Frequency Key rink Wearest Airport NAY FAEDO TT Touch to Filter Sar T a ere 1 Touch Freq Key Nearest List lites Tamga eu Poze FREG Da To a For sm5 Standby Nav Nearest Nav UEL RVD PE Frequency List seer Touch Up Down Keys OR Drag Slider To Scroll Frequency List Figure 3 25 Nearest Airport Nav Frequency List 3 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN OR Foreword 4 Touch the Filter key to narrow the list by category such as M Airport and VOR and then select a given frequency sine bol d Sele erret Li FLAW i Xpdr Ctrl Airpiri T Back FPL Figure 3 26 Nearest Nav Frequency List ieai Proc Wot Info Map fed Hh n A Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System
153. ency Detail 3 3 1 3 Find Flight Plan Frequencies righ ian 1 While viewing the Find results touch the Flight Plan key A list of Com or Nav frequencies associated with the active flight plan will be displayed a Flight Plan COM FRES Towe Multiple i lgnt j i RERET Touch To Select Ifpor 19 Dee Information camba Cerena 274 FREG la ann From List Of Frequencies Mult pl Figure 3 14 Flight Plan Frequency List 2 Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available frequencies if present 3 Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the Standby window 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 7 A GARMIN 3 3 1 4 Find User Frequencies 2 While viewing the Find results touch the User key A list of User created frequencies will be displayed Touch the desired frequency to load it into the Standby window 3 3 2 Adding a New User Frequency Pa Find a E N 3 8 1 While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key on the left side of the display Touch the User key Touch the Add User Frequency key Add User Frequency Add User Frequency No user frequencies User Frequency List When Present Figure 3 15 Add New User Frequency The Add New User Frequency information window will now be displayed Touch the Name key to select a name for the User frequency Add User Frequency User Frequency Name User
154. equencing through each of these legs up to the missed approach point MAP Approaches may be flown as published with the full transition using any published feeder route or initial approach fix IAF or may be flown with a vectors to final transition Phase of flight annunciations are provided on the bottom of the display indi cating the current mode of flight Procedures are arranged around the existing flight plan in the following order Departure En Route Arrival and Approach For example Departure waypoints are inserted betore the En Route waypoints in the flight plan and Arrival waypoints are inserted between the En Route waypoints and the approach waypoints Always verify that the transition waypoints between each phase are correct 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 1 A GARMIN Airport Airport Airport Departure Arrival Approach Runway Transition Transition Transition Runway Channel ID Preview Preview Preview Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach Activate Approach Figure 6 1 Procedures Functional Diagram Annunciation Description LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance LPV approach Fly to LPV minimums Localizer Performance with no vertical guidance Fly to LP minimums LIVNAV Lateral Navigation and Vertical Navigation LNAV VNAV approach Fly to LNAV VNAV minimums LNAV V GPS approach using published LNAV minima Advisory vertical guidance is provid
155. ese ea cascge ES 8 32 8 7 2 Hot Spot InformatiON sscsseccascestueaceeasnedscenstensceatnsdsbensheassenuedst 8 33 8 7 3 SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision s ssssssieieseenirinnnn 8 33 STA eecseseccaceseptstes see cescacarssereseetaesereeeteesstseee eee serqseaensee eas aceoeee 9 1 9 1 Traffic Information Service TIS Optional ccceccsecsecseseeecseeseeseeeee 9 1 9 1 1 EEEo e E E E E E 9 2 9 1 2 Taic Va OPIN sea cdcet cuss aectcteseretacttarcicuseaconanededetaunsacuteeecatotans 9 3 9 1 3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Pag ccccscscscsecsecsecseeeeen 9 4 9 1 4 Altitude Display scsi nE weckevewtesten vices 9 4 9 1 5 TAA ON esere a ER 9 5 9 1 6 TVS E ar E AE E E E eee 9 7 9 1 7 E SEMIS T E T 9 8 9 2 TAS Traffic Optional s sesessenessensssnrsrsrersresrsrenrsrerrersrrersrrsrsrrrrsrrrrerns 9 10 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XI Foreward Foreward A GARMIN 9 2 1 TAS SY OOOO cisatcessccte erst cat ceupinucs S EA EE E 9 11 9 2 1 Displaying and Operating Traffic TAS Systems cccceee 9 12 9 2 1 1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode 9 12 9 2 1 2 Range RING sensrnsasncsesccicscavedsonseandeeattweiecnsecteeeachendecsosntsusnsneeet 9 13 9 2 2 Altitude Display sa tecacetse ceaecrine tesaeieu otse seca geetie ees gesaeaatie eset 9 13 9 2 4 Traffic System Status c cccccccsecsecsecsecsecsecsecsecsecsessecsessesseees 9 14 9 2 5 e aao a o aera 9 15 Io TT T e E O ce
156. etween 100 ft and 1000 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation Obstacles Aircraft GSL Value GPS Derived Red Terrain Is Above Or Within 100 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Terrain Scale Active Flight Terrain Type Plan Leg Figure 10 2 Terrain Proximity Page 2 Touch the Menu key for options Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show Terain Menu Terrain Legend Selected To Show Figure 10 3 Terrain Menu Options UTHITIOS 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 3 A GARMIN 10 2 1 1 Terrain Page 120 Arc or 360 Rings Select the 120 Arc or 360 rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the 360 or Arc keys from the Menu 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key 2 Touch the 360 or Arc key Yellow Terrain Is Between 100 ft and 1000 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Heading Annunciation 120 Arc Outline pea oe recta Inner Arc Range i Red Terrain Is Active Flight BES Above Or Within Plan Leg 100 ft Below The Aircraft Altitude Terrain Scale Terrain Type n Figure 10 4 Terrain 120 Arc View 10 2 1 2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page Select the display of the active flight plan on the Terrain page Flight Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active flight plan on or off Plan 10 2 1 3 Display Terrain Legend Select the display of the Terrain Legend on the Terrain page
157. ey to Utilities Set Time Format And Offset Syst ae ree Touch Key to Set Touch Key to ai feted Runway Surface Select CDI And ILS CDI Capture Da p Runway Length iFa STAY Touch Key to Set Itiu Touch Key to Com Channel 5 0 kha o Enable Crossfill spacing Bach With Dual Units Figure 15 16 System Setup Page 2 After making the desired selections touch the Back key to return to the Setup page Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN EES 15 4 2 CDI Selection ua The CDI source and ILS CDI Capture type may be selected manually or _ automatically The selected CDI Scale will be reflected in the annunciation bar at the bottom of the display While viewing the System Setup page touch the CDI key Touch To Choose Auto or Manual CDI Scale Selection Touch To Select ILS CDI Capture Type Figure 15 17 CDI Selection 2 Touch the CDI Scale key to toggle between automatic selection or to choose the CDI scale manually Touch To Select CDI Scale Traffic Figure 15 18 CDI Scale Selection Weather Touch the ILS CDI Capture key to select Auto Switch or Manual Selection This feature enables the unit to automatically switch from GPS to VLOC on an ILS approach See Procedures ILS Approaches for more detail on ILS approaches 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 15 A GARMIN 15 4 3 Date Time l The Date Time setting provides selection of tim
158. ffic information from ground stations and is updated every five seconds The GTN 6XX displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7 5 NM radius from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft Sr a 3 000 ft Figure 9 1 TIS Coverage Volume not to scale 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 1 Traffic A GARMIN 9 1 1 TIS Symbology Tratfic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using three different symbols TIS Symbol Description Non Threat Traffic Traffic Advisory TA Traffic Advisory Off Scale Table 9 1 TIS Traffic Symbols Traffic Advisories TA alert the crew to intruding aircraft When traffic meets the advisory criteria for the TA a solid yellow circle symbol is generated A Non threat Advisory shown as an open white diamond indicates that an intruding aircratt is at greater than 1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is beyond five NM A Tratfic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of the intruder TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic is moving to the nearest 45 Traffic information for which TIS is unable to determine the bearing non bearing traffic is displayed in the center of the Traffic Page or in a banner on maps other than the Traffic Map Page on which traffic can be displayed The altitude difference bet
159. fication tly a GPS based approach Contact dealer for service Fly an approach that does not use the glideslope receiver VOR LOC GPS Contact dealer for service Use a different GPS receiver or a non GPS based source of navigation Contact dealer for service Use a different GPS receiver or a non GPS based source of navigation Contact dealer for service Use a different GPS receiver or a non GPS based source of navigation Contact dealer for service 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message GPS RECEIVER Low internal clock battery GPS RECEIVER GPS receiver needs service GPS SEARCHING SKY Ensure GPS antenna has an unobstructed view of the sky GTN GTN needs service INTERNAL SD CARD ERROR GTN needs service INTERNAL SD CARD REMOVED GTN needs service 190 01004 03 Rev B Description The GPS module indicates that its clock battery is low The unit will function normally but may take a longer than normal period to acquire a GPS position The GPS module is reporting that it needs service The GPS module may continue to function The GPS module is acquiring position and may take longer than normal This message normally occurs after initial installation or if the unit has not been powered for several weeks The GTN has lost calibration data that was set by Garmin during manufacturing Internal SD card has an error This card is not accessible by the
160. fier and radial from two reference waypoints distance from one reference waypoint along with the user waypoint lat lon position The following descriptions and abbreviations appear on the User Waypoint Page Ref Wpt Reference waypoint identifier name e Radial Radial from reference waypoint in degrees magnetic or degrees true depending upon unit configuration e Distance Distance from reference waypoint in nautical miles statute miles kilometers depending upon unit configuration e Lat Lon Latitude Longitude degrees minutes or degrees minutes seconds MGRS or UTM UPS Delete Wot Distance amp Bearing Identifier Symbol To Wot From amp References Current Position E Y Distance amp Bearin Edit Wpt H S iM To Wpt From i Nearest Touch To View A CEN Area Map View All Wpts Wots Used Utilities Figure 7 17 Waypoint Info for a User Waypoint Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the View All key and then choosing from the existing list of User waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 13 Wot Info A GARMIN 7 6 1 Select User Waypoint By Name 1 While viewing the User Waypoint page touch the User Waypoint Name 2 Use
161. from the National Weather Service This can include information on fires tornadoes severe thunderstorms flood conditions and other natural disasters 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the County Warnings key County Warning Symbol Touch To Display Detail County Warning Dall County Warning Detail Warn lt ur waring Cove Mi aT ihe Figure 11 19 County Warnings Data Weather wee 2 After viewing the County Warning detail touch the Back key to return to the Map view 3 Touch the County Warnings key again to turn it off County Warnings Severe T storm Tornado Flood Figure 11 20 County Warnings Legend 11 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 11 Freezing Level Freezing Level data shows the color coded contour lines for the altitude and location at which the Freezing Level is found When no data is displayed for a given altitude the data for that altitude has not been received or is out of date and has been removed from the display New data appears on the next update 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Freezing Level key Freezing Level Line Product Age Present Position oer t Figure 11 21 Freezing Level 2 Touch the Freezing Level key again to turn it off Freezing Levels FT 2000 12000 4000 14000 6000 __ 16000 18000 20000 laarac VO QICO Figure 11 22
162. g satellites 15 7 15 9 Activate flight plan 4 19 Activate leg 4 6 Activating XM 13 2 Active flight plan page 4 4 Active leg 4 6 6 11 6 12 6 15 Add User frequency 3 8 ADF 18 1 ADIZ 8 22 Age 11 6 Aircraft symbol 8 1 17 5 AIREP 11 26 AIRMETs 11 6 11 15 Airport beacon 17 2 Airport diagram 15 5 Airport frequencies 7 8 Airspace 12 9 Airspace altitude buffer 15 22 Airways 4 10 8 4 8 17 8 22 Alerts 1 13 9 7 10 1 10 12 10 13 10 15 10 18 15 21 16 1 ALT 14 23 Altimeter ii 10 7 Altitude 6 11 10 1 15 7 15 8 Altitude buffer 15 21 Altitude Display Mode 9 4 9 13 Altitude reporting 2 5 Altitude type 14 5 Annunciations 1 6 1 20 6 1 9 8 9 9 9 14 9 15 10 6 10 12 10 18 Approach Channel 6 9 Approaches 10 16 18 1 Select 1 19 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Approach operations 6 1 Approach with hold 6 11 Arc 10 4 10 10 10 11 ARTCC 12 1 12 11 ASOS 12 13 ATCRBS 9 5 ATIS 12 13 Attitude 18 1 Aural message 10 8 10 12 10 14 10 17 10 18 Automatic CDI switching 6 16 Autopilot 6 10 6 14 6 15 6 16 6 17 Auto pilot output 6 17 Auto zoom 8 10 AUX System Status Page 15 3 Aviation map data 8 15 AWOS 12 13 Backcourse 6 16 Backlighting 15 27 Baro corrected altitude 10 7 Barometric pressure 14 23 Basemap 15 5 Basemap symbols 17 4 Basic approach operation 6 1 Beacon 17 1 17 2 C Category 13 4 Cautions ili 8 22 10 9 10 13 CDI 8 29 Ceiling 12 10 Cell
163. g the VCALC page touch the Menu key and then Display Messages to toggle the display of VCALC messages in the Message function ane fy Messages RTICAL CALCULATOR VCALC proaching target altitude fim Vlessage Touch To Toggle et Messages Foi Figure 14 10 VCALC Approaching Target Altitude Message 2 Touch the MSG key to toggle the display of available messages 14 1 8 Restore VCALC Defaults While viewing the VCALC page menu touching the Restore Defaults key will reset all of the VCALC values back to their default values The Target Waypoint will not be changed Utilities 14 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 14 2 Flight Timers The Flight Timers function provides count up down timers plus automatic recording of departure time and total trip time Departure and total trip time recording can be configured to run either any time unit power is on or only when your ground speed exceeds the in air threshold set by the installer for example 30 knots A flexible Generic Timer is available for general timing needs A NOTE When a count up timer is used the preset value has no function 1 viewing the Utilities page touch the Flight Timers ey 2 Ifthe Generic Timer Direction counter is set to Up the Reset Timer key will be shown and when touched will return the timer to 00 00 00 If the Direction counter is set to Down the Preset Timer key will be shown a
164. ge Weather Datalink Menu Touch Keys To Select Weather Weather Overlay Product Green Map Orientation Bar Indicates Selected Product Touch Legend Key Touch Keys To Display Legend i To Scroll List mil Of Products Touch And Drag Menu To Scroll List Of Products Figure 11 4 Weather Data Link Menu 3 Once you selected what items you want to display touch BACK to return to the Data Link Weather page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 3 Weather Hele UTHITIOS A GARMIN 11 1 2 Weather Legend The Legend key displays a pop up legend of the currently used weather products peee 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Legend i key Legend Of NEXRAD Touch Legend And Selected Weather Legend eer me w wae Slide Finger Up And Products eee Down To Scroll Legend Touch To Select i in Touch Up And Down Close Legend m Keys To Scroll Legend Figure 11 5 Weather Legend Display 2 Touch the Legend area of the display and while maintaining light pressure against the display drag your finger up or down Wt Info to scroll through the legend display for the selected weather products or use the Up Down keys 3 Touch the Back key to remove the Legend 11 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B GARMIN NEXRAD NEXAAD tra Ager kE r er Tesi aa a i ao 40 J ram bi WS Cai age City Forecast City Forecast eu ferry E Bish i
165. ge orig anion taratox se onioe tu ontucgt ex ee onesectape cess rose xvi E Geng AOU cece tense ree ete seer cae 1 1 1 1 Model Descriptions ccccccscscscsscssccsscsecssscsecsessessescsessessesessetseesnasens 1 1 1 1 1 CUS 2c E N A A mee A A een 1 1 1 1 2 END De E E T E R 1 2 1 1 3 EE t EE A A E A E ET 1 2 1 2 About This Pilots GUINE ossccccecsceeestuedscenctadeaetiuedstensdudsvssauedetenedeeenieadezes 1 2 1 2 1 CINO ONO oaae E S 1 2 1 2 2 Using the Touchscreen cccccccscsecsscssesssssecessessessessseesesseeens 1 2 l3 Product Descriptio escrieu ia na a REE rA Ei EE EAn 1 3 1 3 1 Secure Data Cafasso tuean ese raii eena EEA sees EEEE EE 1 3 1 3 2 PHOT CONTTOLS sch ccasesetaucvesesesnteueyeesee dean entedessnredecnarerdveueeaneas 1 4 L321 Volume Sguelh KNO anne neinnar Ria 1 4 1 3 2 2 Large Small Concentric KNODS cccsesecsessessessecsesseeseeeeees 1 4 We HOME Ka sac cect ennei Enina oiia iTe 1 4 k32 A Dred TO KOY ace caehaticedecene stcceaas anA EN AE ERE 1 3 1 32 59 VOUCIS CROC OS senencainranianinin niai aca 1 5 LA MIE OUV GD UD sc cersergasrecatsagoteoneapaden seas E seeks a a Eene a e Rari 1 6 1 4 1 Se O a SEN 1 6 1 4 2 Database Verification and Fuel SettingS cccccccscscreeen 1 7 Mae VS ECM OCA Ol E E E 1 10 1 5 1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls cccccscceeeecseseneeen 1 10 1 5 2 DEI AICS EE EE TTT 1 10 LSA Em UD V QOS EA 1 11 1 5 2 2 Units Settings Valles sssrsrsistiniinssss tenisinin 1 12 1523 Alerts Semt
166. ght Plan from Catalog 1 While viewing the Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the View Catalog key The list of currently stored flight plans will be displayed 4 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 2 Touch one of the flight plans to select it cuie Options Touch Delete To Remove The Waypoint From The Catalog Selected Waypoint Figure 4 44 Select a Flight Plan from the Catalog 3 Touch the Delete and then the OK key The selected flight plan will be removed trom the Catalog Delete Flight Plan KSLE KTWF OR Figure 4 45 Delete a Flight Plan from the Catalog 4 3 6 2 Delete Active Flight Plan 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the Menu key and then the Delete Flight Plan key Delete all waypoints in flight plan OK Figure 4 46 Delete a Flight Plan from the Active Flight Plan 2 Touch OK to clear the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan The flight plan will not be removed from the Catalog 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 23 A GARMIN 4 3 8 Preview Flight Plan The Preview Flight Plan function provides a summary of a flight plan A Getting preview of the Active Flight Plan can be selected from the Flight Plan Menu s Preview Flight Plan key or selecting a flight plan from the catalog and choosing Xodrcir Preview from the Route Options menu 4 3 8 1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan 1
167. gt 45 gt 40 gt 30 220 0 D E No Coverage Figure 11 8 NEXRAD Weather Legend 11 1 5 1 Reflectivity Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver Colors on the NEXRAD display directly correlate to the level of detected reflectivity Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather can be very complex The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere Simply put certain types of weather reflect radar better than others The intensity of a radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the weather hazard level For instance wet hail returns a strong radar reflection while dry hail does not Both wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels dB relative to reflectivity Z NEXRAD measures the radar reflectivity ratio or the energy reflected back to the radar receiver designated by the letter Z The value of Z increases as the returned signal strength increases 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 9 A GARMIN 11 1 5 2 NEXRAD Limitations NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations e NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics For example it is not possible to distinguish between wet snow wet hail and rain e NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation angle An
168. he Use Sensor Data key When Sensor data is selected the Fuel on Board and Fuel Flow values will be inserted by the external sensor and will not be selectable keys 14 20 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 14 5 2 Flight Plan Mode Ea The Fuel Planning Flight Plan mode shows fuel calculations between two legs of the flight plan or the cumulative flight plan Getting Started eee 1 Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode if required Xpdr Ct Com N FPL Figure 14 33 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data Flight Plan Mode a ences 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan a i select Flight Plan I co Touch To Select SLE Flight Plan Active Wot Info FPL Shown Y Touch To Scroll List Doi lraffic Figure 14 34 Select Flight Plan Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg If the 0 Cumulative selection is chosen statistics will relate to the entire flight plan l E Touch To Select Flight 7 Plan Leg Figure 14 35 Select Flight Plan Leg 4 If desired touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the keypad to select the Fuel on Board value and touch Enter 5 If desired touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad to select the Fuel Flow value and touch Enter Symbols 6 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter system 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin
169. hough unlikely it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault indication shown by the GTN 6XxX It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to detect such an occurrence by means of cross checking with all redundant or correlated information available in the cockpit WARNING The altitude calculated by GPS receivers is geometric height above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude displayed by pressure altimeters such as the output from the GDC 74A B Air Data Computer or other altimeters in aircraft GPS altitude should never be used for vertical navigation Always use pressure altitude displayed by pressure altimeters in the aircraft WARNING Do not use outdated database information Databases used in the GIN 6XX system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that the information remains current Pilots using an outdated database do so entirely at their own risk WARNING Do not use basemap land and water data information for primary navigation Basemap data is intended only to supplement other approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to enhance situational awareness Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN aN WARNING Traffic information shown on the GTN 6XX is provided as an aid in visually acquiring traffic Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting traffic W
170. hows the frequency ina key Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the desired waypoint from the list The center area of the page shows a map with the NDB in the center kJ 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the NDB key NDB Identifier Distance amp Bearing To NDB Symbol amp Name From Current Position ms Po WM Plony RG 042 NDB Location amp or spe ampa FL N27 51 67 Region SE USA hat paaa NDB Lat Lon Marker Compass Locator Description KMCE Nearest Airport Proview 1 50 123 Information Touch To View NDB Area Map VOR Frequency Touch To Insert Into Nav Standby Figure 7 16 Waypoint Info for NDBs Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map You may touch the map window and while pressing the display lightly drag your finger to move the map view fel Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 6 User Waypoints User In addition to the airport VOR NDB and intersection information contained _ in your Jeppesen NavData card the GIN 6XX allows you to store up to 1 000 ae user defined waypoints The User Waypoint Page displays the waypoint name up to six characters long identi
171. ighest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or clouds rather it indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is detected This information is determined from NEXRAD data NOTE Due to similarities in color schemes the display of Echo Tops cannot be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD Ero Tons 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Echo Tops key ec Product Age nl fH b Tht a i _ va p Present Position a 67507 at i ii Echo Tops 2 Touch the Echo Tops key again to turn it off Echo Tops 70 000 f1 3 000 FI Grounc No Coverage Figure 11 12 Echo Tops Legend 11 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 7 Cloud Tops Foreword NOTE Due to similarities in color schemes it is not possible to display a Echo Tops and Cloud Tops at the same time site Cloud tops data depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite yo4 cy imagery oo Com Nav Eo tops 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Cloud Tops key A Product Age a Age Present Position Proc 1200 os We Cloud Tops Wot Info Figure 11 13 Cloud Tops owt Tos 2 Touch the Cloud Tops key again to turn it off me Traffic Cloud Tops 70 000 FI Terrain Nearest Music 5 000 Fi Ground Utilities Figure 11 14 Cloud Tops Legend System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 13 A
172. igure 4 40 Flight Plan Catalog Route Copy Option 3 A copy of the selected flight plan will now be listed If any changes are required for the copy it can be used as a Starting point for a similar flight plan Use the Edit Route option to make the desired changes nee r Fight Fann Catalog ERITH KBFM Duplicate Copy Of iL K x KBFM Selected Flight Plan WES Figure 4 41 Copied Flight Plan 4 Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 21 A GARMIN 4 3 5 6 Catalog Route Option Delete 1 While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page touch the desired flight plan to select it The Route Options menu will be displayed cuie Options ali 1 or E E i 1 i a Selected Waypoint KSEA roe slita o Touch To Delete Flight Plan Figure 4 42 Select Flight Plan from the Catalog to Delete oaae 2 Touch the Delete key and then touch OK Delete Flight Plan KNOX KBPM UR Figure 4 43 Delete the Selected Flight Plan from the Catalog 4 3 6 Delete Flight Plan There are two methods for deleting a flight plan Deleting the selected flight plan from the Catalog using the Route Options completely removes the flight plan Deleting the Active Flight Plan using the Delete Flight Plan key on the Flight Plan menu clears the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan but does not remove the flight plan from the Catalog 4 3 6 1 Delete Fli
173. ill appear indicating that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended at the MAP A from indication is displayed on the CDI and Default NAV Page but course guidance along the final approach course continues 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 11 A GARMIN 6 8 Flying a DME Arc Approach Approaches that contain DME arcs are supported by the GTN The GTN will provide guidance left right relative to the arc If you wish to activate the DME arc leg manually the aircraft must be near the arc as shown in the shaded area below Aircraft Must Be In The Shaded Area In Order For The DME Arc To Be Manually Activated Intermediate Approach Fix Initial Approach Fix Arcing Fix i e VOR Figure 6 19 DME Arc Example 6 9 Vectors to Final With Vectors To Final VIF selected the CDI needle remains off center until you re established on the final approach course With the approach activated the Map Page displays an extension of the final approach course in magenta remember magenta is used to depict the active leg of the flight plan and vt appears as part of the active leg on the Map page as a reminder that the approach was activated with vectors to final 6 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 11 ILS Approaches GTN 650 Only Precision ILS approaches can be performed with the built in VLOC VOR localizer glideslope
174. indow shows the Channel Name and Number Artist Song Title and Category Channel XM 1 GDL 69 XM 2 Status Select with XM 3 keypad Channel Up Down Category Mute Figure 13 1 Music Functional Map 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 1 Music A n GARMIN 13 14 Activating XM Satellite Radio Services The service is activated by providing XM Satellite Radio with either one or two coded IDs depending on the equipment Either the Audio Radio ID or the Data Radio ID or both must be provided to XM Satellite Radio to activate the entertainment subscription The XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions are included with the GDL 69A also available at www garmin com P N 190 00355 04 It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service subscriptions with the GDL 69A Either or both services can be activated XM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation signal that when received by the GDL 69A allows it to play entertainment programming These IDs are located e On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver e On the Music Menu Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be located NOTE Refer to the GDL 69 69A XM Satellite Radio Activation Instructions 190 00355 04 for further information 1 Contact XM WX Satellite Radio through the e mail address listed on their web site www xmradio com or by the cust
175. information by Crossfilling or synchronizing information between the two units The following Crossfill information is always synchronized between both GIN 6XX units e User Waypoints e Flight Plan Catalog e Alerts traffic popup acknowledgement missed approach waypoint popup acknowledgement altitude leg popup acknowledgement e External sensors transponder status and commands synchro heading e System setup Favorite NAV frequencies Date Time convention Nearest airport criteria Units Nav angle Distance Speed etc Favorite COM frequencies Ownship icon CDI Scale setting 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 13 A GARMIN ILS CDI Capture setting This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot Gettin ae e Active navigation flight plan Foreword Xpdr Ctrl NOTE In dual GTN installations with crossfill on the OBS course will only be updated real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course The course will be transferred to the other GIN when OBS is exited Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 1 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 6 Direct To Navigation a Pressing the Direct To key to go to the Direct To function that allows you to quickly navigate f t position Fae
176. ings VANUOS scx icnsctesacesizebsnestadtsestanss nensesdeeestueneueste 1 13 1 5 3 Dual GTN 6XX Installations satscctcacksesrtaceivorse eeadeeteteioorss eae 1 13 16 Direct To Navigatio ssssssiasorsisnniisnesinis aiian 1 15 1 6 1 Direct TO a Waypoint ceeessceesseecsteessteeeseressnreesereesseeeesees 1 15 1 6 2 Direct To a Flight Plan Waypoint scscssseseessesereeee 1 15 1 6 3 Direct To a Nearest Airport ccccccssssessscessceessssessseeesees 1 15 Contents 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide vii Foreward Foreward A GARMIN 1 7 Selecting Com Frequencies as sssascescestndsansescosestncdenssesSanenseadenessdeeaeents 1 16 ko FOR A e E EE ET ER 1 18 1 8 1 Creating a Flight Plan s s ssnsnsnnensnnsisnsnisnsniensniersnerisrrrinrerinens 1 18 B R ly MOG OMICS oserei eas aen E E EE E E EEEE EEE EE E 1 19 WIO Dead RECKONING eoira era EREE EE E Er ee 1 20 2 Transponder Controls Optional cccssssssssssssssssssessssssseseseeees 2 1 Dil SATT O OF ETT 2 2 DoD IDENT srein pE E E E E S 2 2 Dad TAPON O E EE 2 3 2 3 1 ET E E E EEEE 2 3 Vo SOWING ceeses E E E EEEE 2 4 2 3 3 OVI EEE E E E E E E E E 2 4 2 3 4 Altitude Reporting sinsinsd cenesendsiedesisud nay sesdoeluisdcanietdecinveetsonsieant 2 5 DA ON AR E E te oocteoncndeve settee vgcadedoueavtedevsteaessdetedenceeuatee soueseon 2 5 25 SelectingaSguawk OCC oirrne ariiraa rI kieran 2 6 3 NAVICOM Rpererenrecreeen etre ia cceetertreee cre
177. inue adding waypoints or airways as needed Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the Map page Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 4 CDI GTN 650 only The GTN 650 s CDI key is used to couple the GPS or VLOC receiver to the external CDI or HSI CDI selection is available on the Detault Navigation page When the external CDI or HSI is connected to the GPS receiver GPS is shown on the annunciation bar When the external CDI or HSI is being driven by the VLOC receiver VLOC appears instead A NOTE The external CDI or HSI must be coupled to the VLOC receiver for approaches which are not approved for GPS See the ILS example in the Procedures section for more information NOTE GPS phase of flight annunciations LPV ENR etc are not applicable to the external CDI or HSI when VLOC is active NOTE The internal on screen CDI information is based on GPS data and cannot be used for primary navigation NOTE Ifthe unit is not configured for a CDI key then the activate GPS missed approach will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing The user must switch to GPS navigation if desired by using their external source selection method this is typical an EFIS system 1 The navigation source is shown in the center of the annunciation bar at the lower part of the display CDI Display Touch CDI Touch To Edit FPL Key To Toggle Navigation Touch
178. io alerts TIMER A user contigured timer No action is necessary message is Timer has expired has expired informational only 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 15 A GARMIN Message Description Action TRAFFIC The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service Traffic device is for a traffic device but is inoperative or not receiving data trom connection to GIN it Traffic will not be is lost displayed on the GTN TRAFFIC The GTN is airborne Set the traffic device to operate Traffic device has and the traffic device on the traffic page if traffic alerts been in standby has been in standby for are desired for more than 60 more than 60 seconds seconds TRANSPONDER The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service Transponder 1 for two transponders and 2 Mode S and their Mode S addresses do not addresses do not match match This message is intended to assist installers and will not occur in a properly configured system TRANSPONDER The transponder is Verity squawk code and altitude 1 OR 2 reporting to the GIN with ATC Contact dealer for Transponder 1 or 2 that it needs service service needs service The transponder may continue to function TRANSPONDER The GTN is configured Verify squawk code and altitude 10R2 for transponder 1 or with ATC Contact dealer for Transponder 1 or 2 but is not able to service 2 is inoperative or communicate with
179. ion is selected saul by simply touching the Map display The In and Out keys at the lower right corner of the page control the map range Touching the display momentarily xpd cir switches the display to Map Pan Mode While in Map Pan Mode touch the display gently and drag your finger to pan around the map Com Nav 1 Touch the Map page display Foreword FPL Pan Mode Annunciation and Coordinates Of Map Cantar Direct To Selected Selected Proc Waypoint Or Airspace Or Wpt Item Info Highlighted Wot Inf Touch To Aircraft Present Display Next Position Item Map Traffic Touch To Edit Flight Plan a Figure 8 29 Map Panning With Airspace Highlighted 2 If you touch an item on the display waypoint airspace weather obstacle there may be other items very close that are difficult to see at a given zoom level Touch the Next key to annunciate Nearest and highlight the next item Each touch of the Next key steps to another item near the Map Pointer Music Next Utilities Nearest ee i Ed Item Mi st Me Bai Touch To Displ Al ay ouch 10 Display System Nearest a er Next Item Item iy Highlighted g oe Messages Figure 8 30 Map Panning With Next Airspace Shown a ymbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 23 A GARMIN Foreword Prasat 3 Touch the Airspace Info Item key for more information Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wpt Info Map
180. irect To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index xviii Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 GETTING STARTED 1 1 Model Descriptions This guide covers the operation of the GTN 625 635 and 650 In general all models will be referred to as the GIN 6XxX except where there are physical or operational differences The GIN 6XX units are approximately 6 25 inches wide and 2 65 inches high The display is a 600 by 266 pixel 4 9 inch diagonal color LCD with touchscreen controls The units include one removable SD data card for the databases and software upgrades The GIN 6XX simplifies your workload with an easy to use touch panel that provides a visual display of both controls and functions The required controls are displayed for the selected function Keys on the display allow you to access and control their functions by a simple touch on the interactive display The GTN 6XX can integrate a variety of avionics that will not only simplity operation but also save panel space The GTN 625 635 and 650 have their own GPS SBAS navigator and flight planning functions The GTN 635 adds a VHF Com radio while the 650 adds VHF Com and VHF Nav radios Selected optional external equipment allows you to display and control active traffic systems XM Entertainment Radio XM Weather audio panel and a Mode S tra
181. irectly from electrical busses The GTN 6XX and supporting sub systems include both power on and continuous built in test features that exercise the processor memory external inputs and outputs to ensure safe operation 1 4 1 Start Up Screens During system initialization test annunciations are displayed All system annunciations should disappear typically within the first 30 seconds after power up Upon power up key annunciator lights also become momentarily illuminated on the GTN 6XxX display bezel The splash screen displays the following information e Copyright e Database List and System version Instrument Panel Self Test Current database information includes valid operating dates cycle number and database type When this information has been reviewed for currency to ensure that no databases have expired the pilot is prompted to continue Databases that are not current will be shown in amber GARMIN 1 Copyright 2 SW amp Database 3 Panel Self Test Versions amp Dates Figure 1 9 System Startup Pages 1 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 4 2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings contin 1 When the System and Database Version page appears check to ensure databases are current Then touch Continue Getting Check To Ensure Required Databases Are Present And Current Touch To Continue To Home Page Started Software and GPS Engine Versions Ch
182. ive Flight Plan Insert Waypoint Before Option 2 Touch the Insert Before key to select a new waypoint before the selected waypoint 3 Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad Choose New Waypoint m Vol To Insert Before The Selected Flight Plan Portland Troutdale Waypoint val A B C D ASOU OHE LUMPOFGAS UTR Liancel Figure 4 12 Use the Alphanumeric Keypad to Select Waypoint to Insert Before Nearest 4 Then touch Enter to confirm the selection or touch Cancel to cancel any changes The new flight plan will be shown UTHITIES New Waypoint Inserted Before The Selected Flight DLS Plan Waypoint OhMOIA Gorge Regi Figure 4 13 New Waypoint Is Inserted Before the Selected Waypoint Symbols 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 A GARMIN Selected Flight New Flight Foreword Plan Waypoint Plan Waypoint Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl souar Figure 4 14 Flight Plan Before and After New Waypoint Inserted 4 2 1 3 Insert After The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active directo flight plan after the selected waypoint 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in cee the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed Ea 2 Touch the Insert After key to select a new waypoint after the selected waypoint 3 Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad Then touch Enter to confi
183. le Indicator StormScope Enabled Spi Traffic Enabled and Not Available Indicator Symbols Table 17 5 Map Tool Bar Symbols 17 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 17 7 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 17 5 Miscellaneous Symbols Symbol Description Default Aircraft ownship High Wing Aircraft mae L og ee Non directional ownship is shown if there is no heading or ground track This typically only occurs during start up 8 Parallel Track Waypoint Restricted Prohibited Warning Alert EEO E TFR Temporary Flight Restrictions E rs Chass Balrspace User Waypoint Table 17 6 Miscellaneous Symbols Symbols A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 17 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 18 APPENDIX 18 1 Glossary ACT ACTV ADC ADF ADI AFM AFMS AGL AIM AIRMET ALI AP APR APT ARINC ARSPC ARTCC AS ASOS ATC ATCRBS ATIS AUX AWOS BARO BC Bearing BRG C go CDI CHNL CLD 190 01004 03 Rev B active activate Air Data Computer Automatic Direction Finder Attitude Direction Indicator Airplane Flight Manual Airplane Flight Manual Supplement Above Ground Level Airman s
184. level nav was lost Recheck range ring on off traffic settings overlay on off and alert settings have been lost DATA SOURCE The GTN is configured Leg types requiring an altitude Pressure altitude to receive pressure source will no longer automatically source inoperative altitude but is not sequence Contact dealer for or connection to receiving it from any service GTN lost Source DATA SOURCE The GTN is configured Heading up map displays will not Heading source to receive heading be available Contact dealer for inoperative or information but is not service connection to GTN receiving it from any lost source DEMO MODE Demo mode is in Do not use for navigation Power Demo mode is operation cycle the GTN to exit demo mode active Do not use for navigation FPL WAYPOINT A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans LOCKED waypoint is no longer in and procedures Modify stored Stored flight plan the current navigation flight plans as necessary to include waypoint is notin database waypoints that are in the current current navigation navigation database database FPL WPT MOVED A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans Stored flight plan waypoint has moved and procedures Modify stored waypoint has by more than 0 33 arc flight plans as necessary to include changed location minutes from where waypoints that are in the current previously positioned
185. lities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 12 14 This page intentionally left blank Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 13 MUSIC ex NOTE Refer to the Weather Section for information about XM Weather products The optional XM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data Link Receiver is available for the pilots and passengers enjoyment The GDL 69A can receive XM Satellite Radio entertainment services at any altitude throughout the Continental United States Entertainment audio is not available on the GDL 69 Data Link Receiver XM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long distances without having to constantly search for new stations Based on signals from satellites coverage far exceeds land based transmissions XM Satellite Radio services are subscription based For more information on specific service packages visit www xmradio com Audio entertainment is available through the XM Satellite Radio Service when activated in the optional installation of the GDL 69A The GTN unit serves as the display and control head for your remotely mounted GDL 69A When enabled the XM Satellite Radio audio entertainment is accessible in the Music function The information on the XM Satellite Radio display is composed of four areas the Active Channel Available Channels Category of the highlighted channel and the Volume setting The Active Channel w
186. lities ystem 14 5 A GARMIN Fuel Planning Fuel Planning When equipped with fuel flow FF and or fuel on board FOB sensors this item displays fuel conditions along the active direct to or flight plan You may also manually enter fuel flow ground speed GS and in some instances fuel on board figures for planning purposes Fuel planning figures can be displayed not only for the currently active flight plan or direct to but also point to point between two specified waypoints and for any programmed flight plan Fuel planning figures can be 14 5 entered and displayed based upon one of three configurations No Fuel Sensors Connected In this instance fuel on board and fuel flow are manually entered in the unit start up sequence and used to recalculate fuel on board as it is consumed When fuel flow or fuel on board is manually entered the figures are retained the next time you view the page with fuel on board continuously recalculated Fuel Flow Sensor Installed But No Fuel On Board Sensor Fuel on board is manually entered Fuel flow is automatically provided by sensor If fuel flow is manually entered to override the sensor it does not affect the FOB figure and is not retained the next time you view the page Fuel Flow and Fuel On Board Sensors Installed Fuel flow and fuel on board are automatically provided by sensors Fuel on board can NOT be entered manually Fuel Flow can be entered manually but does
187. lly Edit FPL key Current Active Flight Plan Map Pointer Where Display Was Touched pe In Touch To Change FPL Touch Back To Return To Map Display Figure 8 33 Edit Flight Plan Mode 2 Touch and hold the desired leg of the flight plan and drag the flight plan leg to a new waypoint to add a waypoint to the active flight plan The leg may also be dragged to an airway The leg being edited will turn cyan Current Active FPL Waypoints Intended New Waypoint Active Flight Plan Leg ae POF Touch To Return To ese in Dut Map Display Figure 8 34 Drag Selected Leg of Flight Plan to New Waypoint 8 26 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN SESS Done 3 Touch the Done key to accept the new flight plan leg or Undo Done to maintain the existing flight plan ane Getting Started New Active FPL Waypoint Xpdr Ctrl New FPL Waypoint a Active Flight Plan Leg Com Nav Touch To Accept Changes To FPL FPL Touch To Undo Last Step ae Ifect 10 Figure 8 35 Confirm Flight Plan to New Waypoint 4 The aircraft will now navigate according to the new flight lan P Wot Info Map New Active FPL Waypoint Traffic Terrain Aircraft Position Active Flight Plan Leg Figure 8 36 Aircraft Navigates on Edited Flight Plan to New Waypoint Weather NOTE Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a flight Nearest plan a 8 3 3 2 Adding a Waypoint t
188. location of the cyclone is shown along with its projected path with the date and time eu 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Cyclone y y cy Com Nav FPL Projected Path With Date And Time pea Name Date Time And Current Position Of Cyclone Dae Wot Info Map Traffic Warning Terrain Figure 11 27 Cyclone Legend Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 19 A GARMIN 11 1 14 Lightning 0 nn UCLLUITTY J Ciavina Std cU Yndr Ctr IAWU Kk 1 LUghtn na Com Nav Mint Infa Wot Into 11 20 Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud to ground lightning strikes A yellow cross icon represents a strike that has occurred within a 2 kilometer region The exact location of the lightning is not displayed While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Lightning key E ba oe Figure 11 28 Lightning Lightning Strike Figure 11 29 Lightning Legend Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Lightning Strikes Product Age Present Position omnia 2 Touch the Lightning key again to turn it off 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 15 Weather Forecast The Weather Forecast data provides Surface Analysis and City Forecast information for current and forecast weather conditions The Surface Analysis forecast shows frontal lines indicating w
189. m page The Terrain following settings can be changed e System Status Net GPS Status e External LRUs e Setup Music e Alerts Settings e Units Settings Utilities e Audio e Ownship Symbol e Backlight Nearest System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 1 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN GPS Status Page amp SBAS Providers Set Alert Values Getting Started View System Information on Status Values and External LRUs SW Versions Select System nee Setup Values Set System Units Of Measurement tp Select Audio Select Backlight V Settings Setting Select Ownship Symbol Figure 1 17 System Page 1 5 2 1 System Setup Values 1 From the Home page touch System and then Setup Select CDI and ILS CDI Capture Set Date Time with Local Offset amp Time Format A Spttem Stup Set Nearest Airport Runway Surface amp Min Runway Length Utilities Select Crossfill O Select Com Channel Spacing Figure 1 18 System Setup Page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 11 Getting Started Tice Prt UJ o N ral ka j p i i A f E l l pm A GARMIN Touch the Date Time key Then select the desired Time Format and Local Offset by touching the Time Format 12 Hour 24 Hour and or UTC keys and selecting the appropriate Local Time Offset after touching the Local Offset key Touch the Com Channel Spacing key t
190. mall and large right knobs to dial in the desired frequency The keypad may also be used for frequency entry after touching the Standby window The standby frequency always appears below the active frequency The active frequency is the frequency currently in use NOTE Tuning is normally active in the Com window unless placed in the Nav window by pressing the small right knob When the tuning cursor is in the Nav window it automatically returns to the Com window after 30 seconds of inactivity The active frequency in either window cannot be accessed directly only the standby frequency is active for editing To select a VOR localizer ILS frequency Touch the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav Standby frequency value active for editing The window will be highlighted momentarily 2 Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz MHz value For example the 117 portion of the frequency 117 80 3 Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz kHz value For example the 80 portion of the frequency 117 80 4 Touch the Nav active top frequency to make the standby frequency 5 The Active top and Standby frequencies will switch 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 13 A GARMIN 3 5 3 Nav Frequency Finding The GTN 6505 frequency finding feature allows you to quickly select any displayed database Nav frequency as your standby frequ
191. mni directional Range very high frequency omnidirectional range station and tactical air navigation Vertical speed Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Universal Polar 18 7 Appendix A GARMIN VSI Vertical Speed Indicator Foreword Getting Started WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System WGS 84 World Geodetic System 1984 Xpar Cul WPT waypoint s WX weather Com Nav PL XPDR transponder XTK cross track Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 18 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 18 2 SD Card Use and Databases The GTN 6XX System uses Secure Digital SD cards to load and store various types of data For basic flight operations SD cards are required for database storage as well as database updates 18 2 1 Jeppesen Databases The navigation database is updated on a 28 day cycle Navigation database updates are provided by Garmin and may be downloaded from the Garmin web site tly garmin com onto a Garmin provided Supplemental Data card Contact Garmin at fly garmin com for navigation database updates and update kits The Navigation database is stored internally and the data card is only used to transfer the database into the unit A NOTE Garmin requests that the flight crew report any observed discrepancies related to database information These discrepancies
192. movement 8 19 11 6 11 14 Change data fields 8 19 Channel 13 1 13 4 13 7 Channel spacing 1 12 City 8 22 11 6 City forecast 11 6 11 21 Class B airspace 8 22 17 5 Class C airspace 8 22 17 5 Class D airspace 8 22 17 5 Cloud tops 11 6 11 13 Cloudy 11 7 Index 1 Index Index Com 1 16 3 1 Channel spacing 1 12 15 18 Frequency monitoring 3 11 Tuning 3 3 Window 3 3 Controlled airspace 8 31 12 9 Controls 1 4 Conventions 1 2 Copy flight plan 4 21 County warnings 11 6 11 16 Creating a flight plan 1 18 4 2 Creating user waypoints 7 15 8 25 Crossfill 1 12 1 13 15 19 CTAF 7 8 Customizing maps 8 Cycle number 1 6 8 33 Cyclone 11 6 11 19 D Database 1 3 3 5 3 14 8 33 10 1 10 2 10 18 15 3 15 4 18 9 18 10 Databases 1 3 1 6 Database verification 1 7 Data card 1 3 Data link 9 1 11 1 11 6 Data Link Receiver troubleshooting 13 8 Date 8 33 14 10 14 12 15 5 15 16 Date Time 18 15 DCLTR soft key 8 21 Dead reckoning 1 20 Declutter 8 18 Delete flight plan 4 22 Demo mode 18 13 Density altitude 14 23 Departures 10 16 Departure time 14 9 Destination proximity 15 21 Direct To 1 5 1 15 5 1 Direct To Fol Wpt 5 3 Direct To Nrst Airport 5 4 Distance 8 10 DME 17 1 DME Arc 6 12 Index 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Don t sink 10 14 10 17 Dual installation 1 13 E Echo tops 11 6 11 12 Edit flight plan 4 20 8 26 Edit FPL data fields 4 17 EGNOS
193. n C9 2 Manual backlighting adjustment can be accomplished using the existing instrument panel dimmer bus or the following procedures Proc 1 While viewing the System page touch the Backlight key or into System Backlight Level Backlight Level Traffic Touch Arrows To Set el Manual Offset Figure 15 37 Backlight Level Setting Touch the Manual Offset Arrow keys to set the Manual Offset level Utilities After making the desired selections touch the Back key to return to the Setup page System 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 27 A GARMIN Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic This page intentionally left blank Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities Messages Symbols Appendix Index 15 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 16 ALERT MESSAGES When an Message has been issued by the unit the MSG Message key annunciator on the left side of the display will blink Touch the MSG key to view the messages After viewing the messages touch the Back key to return to the previously viewed page Message List Message Key Touch To Toggle Message Display tk Figure 16 1 Message Display Message Description Action ABORT This message is Initiate a climb to the MSA or APPROACH triggered outside other published safe altitude abort GPS approach
194. n After setting a parallel track to your Gettin current flight plan a magenta parallel track line will be drawn offset from the original by the selected distance The original course line will be drawn in grey The aircraft will navigate to the parallel track course line and external CDI HSI guidance will be driven from the parallel track Com Nav When you reach the end of the flight plan a message will state Parallel offset terminating in X seconds The message will be given when the aircraft reaches the offset distance from the end of the parallel track This will give the pilot sufficient time to intercept the original course TO a WPT al Gas Sil ie Parallel Track Distance l Offset WPT Will Have p Added i e KOLE Becomes Weather KSLE p Utilities Figure 4 28 Parallel Track Description System NOTE Parallel track will be cancelled when graphically editing a flight plan 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 15 A GARMIN A NOTE Certain leg types such as approach or leg geometries changes in desire track greater than 120 degrees combined with large offset values do not support parallel track Default direction and offset values may result in the status indicating that parallel track is not supported The user must enter the desired parallel track offset and distance to determine whether that flight plan combined with the offset and distance support parallel track 1
195. n the pop up will be removed when the alert is no longer active 10 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 3 8 1 TAWS B Alerting Colors and Symbology Color and symbols are also associated with TAWS alerts The three TAWS alert levels and their associated text coloring as well as any associated symbology are shown in the following table Alert Level Annunciator Text Potential Impact Example Visual Annunciation Point Symbol background Caution Black text on white Not Applicable TAWS INH background Table 10 2 TAWS Alert Colors and Symbology Terrain UTHITIOS 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 13 Terrain Alert Type A GARMIN Alert nie Aural Message Annunciation 9 Excessive Descent Rate Pull Up Warning EDR W FLTA Terrain Warning RTC W ITI W FLTA Obstacle Warning ROC W 10I W FLTA Terrain Caution RTC C ITI C FLTA Obstacle Caution ROC C OI C Premature Descent Alert Caution PDA Voice Callout VCO 500 Excessive Descent Rate Caution EDR C Negative Climb Rate Caution NCR C Terrain Ahead Pull Up Terrain Ahead Pull Up or Terrain Terrain Pull Up Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up Obstacle Ahead Pull Up or Obstacle Obstacle Pull Up Pull Up Terrain Ahead Terrain Ahead or Caution Terrain Caution Terrain Obstacle Ahead Obstacle Ahead or
196. n limitations 10 5 Terrain obstacle symbols 10 9 17 3 Terrain proximity ii 10 1 10 9 17 4 TFR 8 15 17 5 Thunderstorms iii 11 7 Time 11 1 11 6 15 8 15 10 15 16 Time format 1 12 TIS 8 18 9 2 9 5 9 7 Topo data 8 4 Topo scale 8 12 Tornadoes 11 7 Touchscreen 1 2 1 5 Track vector 9 6 Traffic Advisory 8 18 9 1 17 2 Traffic Pop Up 9 15 Traffic symbols 9 2 9 11 17 2 Transponder 2 1 8 18 9 1 9 5 9 7 9 8 9 11 Index 5 Index Trip planning 14 12 Trip planning flight plan mode 14 16 Trip planning point to point mode 14 13 Turbulence 11 25 U Under construction 17 2 Units 1 12 15 23 User frequency 3 8 User waypoint 7 13 7 15 8 25 12 8 UTC 1 12 15 16 Utilities 14 1 V VCALC 14 3 14 4 Vector To Final 6 12 Version 1 6 8 33 10 1 10 8 Vertical Calculator 14 3 Vertical speed 14 6 VFOM 15 7 15 9 VFR 2 5 View catalog 4 18 VNV 18 7 Voice alert 9 7 Volume 1 4 3 2 13 1 13 6 VOR 3 12 7 11 8 15 8 22 10 10 12 5 17 1 VOR based approach 6 15 VORTAC 17 1 W WAAS 15 10 Warnings ii Warranty i Waypoint information 4 9 7 1 Waypoint options 4 5 Weather 7 9 8 19 11 1 Weather legend 11 4 Weather product 11 6 13 2 Weather symbols 11 6 Wind 8 1 11 6 11 7 Winds 14 23 Winds aloft 11 6 11 23 WX 500 8 6 11 27 A GARMIN X XM 11 1 13 1 XM channel categories 13 4 XM radio activation 13 2 XM radio channel presets 13 7 XM radio channels 13
197. n provided with your autopilot When an ILS or VOR approach is first selected or executed the frequency is automatically checked If the frequency is incorrect you will receive a message and you must place the correct ILS or VLOC frequency in the active frequency field When flying a localizer based approach other than backcourse with automatic CDI switching enabled 1 GPS guidance may be used while flying outbound and on the initial portion of the procedure turn 2 VLOC guidance is used on the remainder of the approach from the time you turn inbound on the procedure turn 3 The localizer frequency must be active to use VLOC guidance at the MAP When flying a localizer based approach with automatic CDI switching disabled 1 You may select VLOC guidance at any point on the approach prior to reaching the FAF 2 The localizer frequency must be active to use VLOC guidance Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 15 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 Autopilot outputs for the King KAP140 KFC225 autopilots are activated manually by the pilot after being prompted during the approach procedure After enabling outputs the GIN 6XX will provide guidance information consistent with what the autopilot expects i e angular CDI scaling and glideslope capture for an LPV or other vertically guided GPS approach Touch To Activate Autopilot Outputs
198. n the map range is 500 NM or more the map orientation will automatically become North Up Setert Marth lin Above Hange Selected North Up Range Auto Zoom With a valid flight plan the Auto Zoom feature will automatically change the Map page range depending on the distance to the next waypoint in the flight plan If enabled it will also automatically zoom to the SafeTaxi zoom range when the aircraft is on the ground Auto Zoom can be overridden at any time by manually zooming with the In and Out keys The Auto Zoom Min selection sets the minimum range that the display will Zoom in The Auto Zoom Max value sets the maximum range the display will Zoom out Auto Zoom is re enabled once one of the following conditions is met e A waypoint is sequenced e the aircraft transitions from on ground to in air 8 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN e a point is reached where the Auto Zoom range matches the manual override range known as auto sync and will be noted as Auto above the map range value on the map page e Auto Zoom is toggled off and back on in the Map Setup page ana eee 1 While viewing the Map Setup Map selection touch the Auto Zoom key to toggle it On or Off 2 When Auto Zoom is On the Auto Zoom Min and Max values will be used Auto Zoom Min Set the limit that the display will zoom in automatically chert Min Aute Zoom Range Selected Minimum Auto Zoom Rang
199. nation affic Range With Flight Time Existing Fuel Available With eran Existing Fuel Fuel Usage Rate Figure 14 28 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data Point to Point Mode 4 If P POS is not selected tor the From point touch the From Nearest key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database and touch Enter Selected From Waypoint Th i Wayount Henter System Touch For Waypoint Search Ss Touch To Select From Waypoint Figure 14 29 Selecting a From Waypoint ay 5 Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database for the destination waypoint and touch Enter 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 19 A GARMIN 6 Touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the keypad to select the current amount of fuel on board and touch Enter Selected Fuel On Board Value Touch To Select Fuel Value Figure 14 30 Selecting Current Fuel On Board Erra 7 Touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad to select the average fuel flow and touch Enter Selected Fuel Flow Value Touch To Select Fuel Value DJUTUBE Figure 14 31 Selecting Fuel Flow ka 8 Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter Ground Speed Selected Ground Speed Value 1 Alles Ue Touch To Select Ground Speed Value Figure 14 32 Selecting Ground Speed po 9 Touch t
200. nd precision approaches to airports with published instrument approach procedures All available approaches are stored on your Jeppesen NavData card and are automatically updated when the card s files have been updated Subscription information for NavData cards is included in your GIN 6XX package The Procedures Page is displayed by touching the PROC key on the Home page The Procedures Page provides direct access to approaches departures and arrivals Selections are also shown to Activate Approach Vectors to Final and Activate Missed Approach 6 1 Basic Approach Operations The GIN 6XX provides precision vertical guidance as well as lateral and advi sory vertical guidance using its built in GPS receiver for GPS or RNAV approaches The moving map pages can also be used as a supplemental aid to situational awareness for ILS VOR and NDB approaches and non precision localizer based approaches but the appropriate radio navigational aid MUST be used for primary approach course guidance for non GPS approaches Approaches designed specifically for GPS are often very simple and don t require overtlying a VOR or NDB Currently many non precision approaches have GPS overlays to let you fly an existing procedure VOR VOR DME NDB etc more accurately using GPS Many overlay approaches are more complex in comparison to GPS only approaches The GIN 6XX displays and guides you through each leg of the approach automatically s
201. nd the key will return the timer to the Preset time value Start Stop Generic Timer Selected E d Fant tears Counter Baii Direction Select Preset ead Time Reset or Touch To Preset Timer Toggle Timers Figure 14 11 Utility Flight Timers Page Generic Timer 3 Touch the Trip DEP Timers or Generic Timer keys to toggle between the timer types Dam Y Utilities Flight Timers ET Utiliti Reset Ti E PE Elapsed eset Timer pela acl eTe re _ Select 2 Cee vari Departure Time L i Local Time 16 07 LOL Generic Touch To Viessages Toggle Timers Set Departure Time To Current Local Time Of Timer Start Figure 14 12 Utility Flight Timers Page Trip DEP Timers 4 Touch each key as desired to set up timer operation 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 9 Utilities A GARMIN 14 3 RAIM Prediction RAIM Prediction predicts if GPS coverage is available for your current location or at a specified waypoint at any time and date RAIM pertorms checks to ensure that the GTN unit has adequate satellite geometry during your flight RAIM availability is near 100 in Oceanic En Route and Terminal phases of flight Because the FAAS TSO requirements for non precision approaches specily significantly better satellite coverage than other flight phases RAIM may not be available when flying some approaches The GTN unit automatically monitors RAIM during approach operations and warns you if RAIM is not availa
202. ndby frequency to the active frequency 1 Touch the Active top frequency window Active Com Frequency Touch to Flip Flop Standby Com Frequency Figure 1 20 Com Radio Frequency Windows Touch Active to Flip Flop 2 Each touch of the Active window will tlip flop the Active and Standby frequencies UTHITIES 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 7 Getting Started 1 8 1 8 1 1 18 A GARMIN Flight Planning Creating a Flight Plan 1 From the Home page touch the Flight Plan key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed If there is already an Active Flight Plan touch Menu and then the Delete and OK keys to clear the existing flight plan It there is not an Active Flight Plan continue to the next step Touch Add Waypoint Use the alphanumeric keypad to select the Waypoint Identitier for the first leg in your flight plan and then touch Enter Touch the next Waypoint Identifier field Use the alphanumeric keypad to select the Waypoint Identifier for the first leg in your flight plan and then touch Enter Continue entering waypoints to complete the flight plan Touch the Menu key and then touch Store The screen will now display the Flight Plan Catalog and show the new flight plan Flight plan names are listed by the Departure and Destination waypoints Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 9 IFR Procedures Departures SID
203. ng based on speed distance and other parameters 700 600 500 400 300 200 Height Above Terrain Feet 100 Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Threshold i i lii Distance From Destination Airport nm Figure 10 13 PDA Alerting Threshold PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited Discretion should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when appropriate When TAWS is inhibited the alert annunciation TAWS INHB is shown 10 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 3 8 5 Negative Climb Rate After Take Off Alert NCR The Negative Climb Rate NCR After Take Off alert also referred to as Altitude Loss After Take Off provides alerts when the system determines the aircraft is losing altitude closing upon terrain after takeoff The aural message Don t Sink is given for NCR alerts accompanied by an annunciation and a pop up terrain alert on the display NCR alerting is only active when departing from an airport and when the following conditions are met e Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet e Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less e Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110 The NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO C151b are shown below 1000 DON T SINK ey Terrain o 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Al
204. ng to distance and frequency for the nearest 25 Automatic Terminal Information Service ATIS Automated Service Observing System ASOS and Automated Weather Observing Station AWOS weather reporting stations within 200 NM Ea 1 While viewing the Nearest function touch the WX FREQ key A list of the nearest 25 Weather stations within 200 NM will be listed Reporting aa an terest Werthet TT requen Erp o KBCT METTET AWOS Frequency Identifier EACT e 138 41 EAN ATS Frequency z a iai Herth Perry a oO waa aa a ee H Fe e 2s Arrows Indicate Current Position to I ae Leeka Cxecutien i 204 125 90 T m On User Wot The List Figure 12 22 Nearest Weather Station 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list as needed 3 Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected frequency into the Com Standby window r Wes PE ana aala E RUAN Selected Weather KOPF F r NR Frequency Key e Selected Weather Frequency Inserted Into Standby Window i KLNA 4 yor abn Beach Ce Part 20 N KMIA Pel Wh Figure 12 23 Nearest Weather Station Selected Frequency 4 Touch the Weather Station Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected Weather station Messages 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 12 13 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Terrain Weather Music Uti
205. nges when coupled to an autopilot The CDI selection can also be changed manually by touching the CDI key 6 12 RNAV Approach Procedures The GIN 6XX allows for flying LNAV LNAV VNAV LNAV V LP and LPV approaches according to the published chart Phase of flight Description Minimums Annunciation LIVNAV Lateral Navigation Vertical Navigation RNAV non Published LNAV precision approach with advisory vertical guidance VNAV minimums LNAV Lateral Navigation RNAV non precision approach Published LNAV minimums LNAV V Lateral Navigation with Advisory Vertical Published LNAV Guidance RNAV non precision LNAV approach minimums with advisory vertical guidance The glidepath is typically denoted by a light dashed line on the vertical profile Jeppeson only with an associated glidepath angle usually in the 3 00 degree range and is provided to assist the pilot in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath similar to an ILS glideslope Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Published LPV LPV approach minimums RNAV precision approach LP LP indicates Localizer Performance with no Published LP vertical guidance minimums Table 6 2 RNAV Approach Annunciations 6 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 13 Points to Remember for All Procedures The GIN 6XX Map page is designed to complement your printed approach plates and vastly improve situational awareness thro
206. no the MAP if the GTN the approach and execute a non longer available system can no longer GPS based approach provide approach level of service Vertical guidance will be removed trom the external CDI HSI display AIRSPACE ALERT The aircraft inside an No action is necessary message is Inside airspace airspace type for which informational only alerts are contigured AIRSPACE ALERT The aircraft is within 2 No action is necessary message is gt Airspace within nm and predicted to informational only 2 nm and entry enter an airspace type in less than 10 within 10 minutes minutes for which alerts are configured 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 1 Messages Message AIRSPACE ALERT Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes AIRSPACE ALERT Within 2 nm of airspace APPROACH NOT ACTIVE Do not continue GPS approach AUDIO PANEL Audio panel needs service AUDIO PANEL Audio panel is inoperative or connection to GIN IS lost 16 2 Description The aircraft is predicted to enter an airspace type within 10 minutes for which alerts are configured The aircraft is within 2nm of an airspace type for which alerts are configured GPS approach could not transition to active e g the GTN is on an approach and did not have the required HPL VPL to get into at least LNAV so is still in TERM The GMA 35 is reporting to the GTN that i
207. nsponder directly from the GIN 6XxX display and more 1 1 1 GTN 625 The GIN 625 has a GPS SBAS engine and is TSO C146c certified for primary domestic oceanic and remote navigation including en route terminal and non precision approaches and approaches with vertical guidance such as LPV and LNAV VNAV The GTN 625 can simultaneously give aviators vital approach information and weather and tratfic data in relation to their position on a large color moving map display Thanks to a high contrast color display the information can be easily read from wide viewing angles even in direct sunlight Its color moving map features a built in database that shows cities highways railroads rivers lakes coastlines and a complete Jeppesen database The Jeppesen database that can be updated with a front loading data card contains all airports VORs NDBs Intersections FSSs Approaches DPs STARs and SUA information 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 Getting Started A GARMIN Pilots will enjoy the GTN 625 as a flexible and powerful navigator especially when it is coupled with traffic lightning detection and weather interfaces With the PC based FDE prediction program the GIN 625 may be used for oceanic S480 or remote operations For the latest in graphic and text weather information the GIN 625 can interface to XM Satellite Radios XM Weather Service via the Garmin GDL 69 69A datalink receiver 1 1 2 GTN
208. ntal position and altitude GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level MSL based altitude GSL altitude and is used to determine TAWS alerts GSL altitude accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude Therefore GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts The terrain and obstacle databases used by TAWS are referenced to Mean Sea Level Using the GPS position and GSL altitude TAWS displays a 2 D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft Furthermore the GPS position and GSL altitude are used to calculate and predict the aircrafts flight path in relation to the surrounding terrain and obstacles In this manner TAWS can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions 10 3 4 Baro Corrected Altitude Versus GSL Altitude Baro corrected altitude or indicated altitude is derived by adjusting the altimeter setting for local atmospheric conditions The most accurate baro corrected altitude can be achieved by frequently updating the altimeter setting to the nearest reporting station along the flight path However because actual atmospheri
209. ntric Knobs 1 3 2 3 HOME Key Pressing the HOME key displays the Home page the main screen for accessing the GTN features Pressing and holding the HOME key will open the Detault Navigation page from any other page HOME Figure 1 5 HOME Key 1 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Page Or Function Name Touch The Key To Access The Function Getting Started Touch Arrow Or Touchscreen And Drag Finger To Scroll Xpdr Ctrl Screen For More Keys Figure 1 6 Home Page 1 3 2 4 Direct To Key The Direct To key provides access to the direct to function which allows you to enter a waypoint and establishes a direct course to the selected destination _Diect Io Figure 1 7 Direct To Key 1 3 2 5 Touchscreen Keys Touchscreen keys are placed around the display The keys vary depending on the page selected Touch the key to perform the function or access the described qat information Deian Savigation Touch To View Menu Items 187 TTE ET i 118 Touch To View Messages Dp 140r 119 01 20 ioo ao KIBRE APU Touch To View Previous Page Touch To Select CDI Source Touch To Toggle OBS Figure 1 8 Touchscreen Key Control Example Default Nav Page Utilities system 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide Getting Started A GARMIN 1 4 Unit Power Up The GIN 6XX System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and receives power d
210. o this feature determines winds aloft the wind direction and speed and a head wind tail wind component based on true airspeed aircraft heading HDG and ground speed DoD Da fab Touch To Select Touch To Select Proc Indicated Altitude Calibrated Air Speed Touch To Select Wpt Info Baro Pressure Touch To Select Ext Sensor Data Touch To Select Total Air Temp Touch To Select Touch To Select Traffic Track Value Ground Speed Touch To Select Touch To Compute Data Terrain Heading Value And View Statistics Figure 14 37 Utility DALT TAS Winds Page Edit Input Data Y Utilities DALT TAS Winds Donat ALT Ba56 1 system Computed Statistics Touch To Return To Edit Input Data Page Figure 14 38 Utility DALT TAS Winds Page Computed Data 1 If desired touch the Use Sensor Data key When Sensor data is selected the Indicated Altitude Calibrated Air Speed Track and Ground Speed values will be inserted by the external sensor and will not be selectable keys 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 23 A GARMIN 2 Touch the Indicated ALT key and then the keypad to select the Indicated Altitude and then touch Enter Touch To Select Above Or Below Sea Level Touch To Clear Values Selected Indicated Altitude Value Touch To Select Indicated Altitude Value 6 7 8 9 Ol Ente ee Figure 14 39 Select Indicated Altitude Value ESN 3 Touch the BARO ke
211. o reception or intercom conversation the music level is dropped to a low or background level When the radio or intercom traffic ceases the level gradually returns to normal Utilities system 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 13 3 13 Fo fewo rd A GARMIN 2 1 Browsing Channels and Categories The Category window displays the currently selected category of audio Getting Categories of channels such as Jazz Rock or News can be selected to list the Started available channels for a type of music or other contents Xpdr Ctrl ae ai 1 While viewing the Music page touch the Browse key and ComiN then touch the desired channel to select it Lom Channel List FPL a be Browse Music Channels Touch to Change Direct To ries Current A Channel Proc ae Figure 13 3 Music Channels Map 2 Touch the Category key to activate Category selection and PI then touch the desired Category to select it Traffic APRN SET Lagar E l Hip Hop R aB lerrain Selected PAEA AT R SSNS Category EOAR Weather TEREPE ppn Categories es Grd atl Touch to Select mate Figure 13 4 Music Categories 3 The current category will be shown at the top of the display Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 13 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B GARMIN 13 2 2 Selecting an XM Radio Channel by Number Channels may be selected directly in the sel
212. o the End of an Existing Flight Plan o 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys Utilities will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key 2 Touch a waypoint that you want to add to the end of the flight lan P Messages 3 Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the Map page Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 27 8 3 3 3 Foreword Cattinn eT Vell 1g Started Xpdr Ctr 8 28 Figure 8 37 Select the Desired Waypoint From Mul A GARMIN Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key 2 Touch waypoint or airway on the flight plan that you want to remove 3 Drag the flight plan line away from the waypoint or airway and release the line The waypoint will be removed trom the flight plan 4 Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the Map page Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys will appear Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key 2 Touch a waypoint on the map to set the first waypoint in the flight plan If there are several nearby waypoints touch the desired waypoint to select it tiple Waypoints 3 Touch a waypoint or airway on the map for the next waypoint or airway in the flight plan Cont
213. o toggle between 8 33 and 25 0 kHz channel spacing For Nearest Airport filtering touch the Runway Surface key and select the desired type of surface that will appear in the Nearest Airport list Touch the Minimum Runway Length key to select the minimum runway length allowed for the Nearest Airport Selecting 0 feet will show all airports regardless of runway length Touch the Crossfill key to enable or disable crosstill with a second GTN unit Touch the CDI key Then elect the CDI and ILS CDI Capture method with the Selected CDI and ILS CDI Capture keys 1 5 2 2 Units Settings Values 1 12 1 From the Home page touch System Touch the Units key and then the desired item key Select the desired value Continue to select the desired Units values and then touch the Back or HOME key to exit Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 5 2 3 Alerts Settings Values of 1 From the Home page touch System and then Alerts rapace Ahi Getting Started A 2 Set arrival alerting Touch the Arrival key Touch the Proximity ae key and select the desired value 3 Touch the Airspace Alert Options key and select the desired values for alerting ri H Options 4 Continue to select the desired Alerts values and then touch the Back or HOME key to exit 1 5 3 Dual GTN 6XX Installations Dual GIN 6XX units when connected in the aircraft may be set up to communicate and share
214. oint type Airport INT VOR etc Touch the waypoint identitier The waypoint identifier selection page will be shown and the waypoint identifier field will be active for selection Touch the required keys on the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired waypoint identifier and then touch the Enter key i Backspace Airport Identifier KTI Key ears Find Key Displays ie lsin Fld Magic Valley Re T Wpt Ident Waypoint Search aai CIDE Pee Active Keypad ASG Range Touch Enter Pa Me After Selecting Ident Selected Keypad Range Figure 7 3 Waypoint Ident Selection 4 The selected waypoint will be the selected Airport Identifier Selected Airport Pah Sa TWEE Public pis 202 mm pees i Identifier Joslin Fid Magic Valley BRG iat Emel ttn From Present Nearest Position a Runway PEC USCIS il Back Figure 7 4 Waypoint Ident Selection Result UTHITIES 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 3 A GARMIN 7 2 Airport The Airport page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed information about the airport 7 2 1 Info The upper part of the page shows the airport identifier and type name city and region the lat lon coordinates of the airport and the bearing and direction arrow and distance to the airport from your present position The center area shows the airport elevation fuel availability and time zone 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the Airp
215. omer service phone number listed on the web site 1 800 985 9200 2 Follow the instructions provided by XM Satellite Radio Services If XM weather services have not been activated all the weather product boxes are cleared on the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page Map Page Group The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available for subscription 13 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 13 2 Music Operation Sat The GTN 6XX provides control for enjoying XM Radio audio entertainment in the aircraft The Music function allows selecting music categories and specific setn Started channels as well as saving category and channel selections as presets for quick y J recall The music volume level may also be managed Xpdr Ctr Name Of Current Current Signal o Channel Category Level Com Nav Channel Number Touch to Selecta FEES Gee Be FPL Channel 22 Wen a i Smee Current Volume Touch Step T0 SS wees ouch to Change Direct To Previous Or Next iNVi57S S S of Bi RO Volume Channel Curent reser B o Proc Touch To Step Through Presets Touch to Change Channels Wot Info Or Categories Figure 13 2 Music Menu Navigate through the channels in a category by touching the Previous and Next channel keys NOTE The Music Configuration function can be set so that when there Nearest is radi
216. on in the center A 1 While viewing the Waypoint Info page touch the Intersection key Distance amp Bearing To Intersection From Current Position Intersection FASS el akele ots 399m Identifier 069 Touch amp Move Finger Piarecraeee intersection as a bee To W081 56 84 Lat Lon Neather an Map Touch To View 7 ra giha Nearest VOR Intersection Area 17 pia ta Information Map rey ey lw 2 Figure 7 14 Waypoint Info Intersections Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map You may touch the map window and while lightly pressing the display drag your finger to move the map view 7 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 4 VOR The VOR page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed information about the VOR The top left area of the page displays the VOR Getting identifier name city and state and region The top center area shows the B lat lon coordinates of the VOR and the bearing with direction arrow and distance to the VOR from your present position The top right area shows the frequency in a key Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key Com Nav entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad and then touching the Enter key You may also search through the list by touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the desir
217. on status Terrain 1 While viewing the System page touch the External LRUs rf key Weather LRU Available And Communicating nee LRU Not Available Or Communicating j Touch For More pi Information Utilities Figure 15 10 External LRU Page System O noe 2 When more information is available about the listed units touch the More Info key to view the information Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 11 A GARMIN 15 3 1 GDL 69 and GDL 69A Status The GDL 69 Status page displays the serial numbers for the Data Radio for the GDL 69 69A and the Audio Radio for the GDL 69A Subscription status displays the level of service available for your particular subscription The Weather Products section lists the products available for your particular subscription hemo e 1 While viewing the External LRUs page touch More Info for the GDL LRU Data Radio ID amp Signal Level nea oen SDL GA Status Audio Radio ID Touch To View PET EMZOAGHA amp Signal Level GDL Status Menu M ae a SW Version and Gia W A7750645 Serial Number Touch To View Weather Products Figure 15 11 GDL 69 Status Page 2 Touch the Menu key to display the GDL 69 Status Menu Menu i e I ETHY iia 0 7 Meroni STAY 1200 Figure 15 12 GDL Status Menu rey 3 Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial subscription or a change in the subscription Touch the OK key to continu
218. ons may cause harmful interference to radio communications Furthermore there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by relocating the equipment or connecting the equipment to a different circuit than the affected equipment Consult an authorized dealer or other qualified avionics technician for additional help if these remedies do not correct the problem Operation of this device is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation To obtain accessories for your unit please contact your Garmin dealer Help us better support you by completing our on line registration form today Registration ensures that you will be notified of product updates and new products and provides lost or stolen unit tracking Please have the serial number of your unit handy connect to our web site www garmin com and look for our Product Registration link on the Home page The display surface is coated with a special anti reflective coating which is very sensitive to skin oils waxes and abrasive cleaners It is very important to clean the lens using an eyeglass lens cleaner which is specified as safe for anti reflective coatings and a cle
219. or 120 minute Expiration Time intervals the data is considered expired and is removed from the display This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by XM Satellite Radio services If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the data is received the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow Touch To Use XM Weather 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 1 11 2 Menu NEXRAD Lightning Echo Tops View Off US Canada 360 Mode Cloud Tops Cell METAR Cell Movement AIREP PIREP County Warnings Winds Aloft Surface 3000 ft 45 000 ft WX Forecast Current 12 Hour 24 Hour 36 Hour SIGMET AIRMET Freezing Level Icing Turbulence Cyclone Orientation Track Up Heading Up North Up Legend Figure 11 2 Datalink Weather Page Functiona Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Arc Strike 48 Hour Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 1 Displaying Data Link Weather To display XM weather touch the following sequence of keys starting from the Home page 1 Touch the Weather key on the Home page and then touch the Data Link key Age Of Selected Weather Products Selected Altitude Touch or To Select Altitude Figure 11 3 Data Link Weather Page 2 While viewing the Data Link weather page touch the Menu key to contigure the Data Link Weather pa
220. orized Service Center and 90 days for factory repaired or newly overhauled products exchanged at Garmin in lieu of repair Within the applicable period Garmin will at its sole option repair or replace any components that fail in normal use Such repairs or replacement will be made at no charge to the customer for parts or labor provided that the customer shall be responsible for any transportation cost This warranty does not apply to i cosmetic damage such as scratches nicks and dents ii consumable parts such as batteries unless product damage has occurred due to a defect in materials or workmanship iii damage caused by accident abuse misuse water flood fire or other acts of nature or external causes iv damage caused by service performed by anyone who is not an authorized service provider of Garmin or v damage to a product that has been modified or altered without the written permission of Garmin In addition Garmin reserves the right to refuse warranty claims against products or services that are obtained and or used in contravention of the laws of any country THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES CONTAINED HEREIN ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESS IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING ANY LIABILITY ARISING UNDER ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE THIS WARRANTY GIVES YOU SPECIFIC LEGAL RIGHTS WHICH MAY VARY FROM STATE TO STATE IN NO EVENT SHALL G
221. ormal Operate Above Standby Below Unrestricted Figure 9 2 Traffic Page Functional Diagram Non Threat Traffic Proximity Traffic Advisory Heading Annunciation a Range Rings Position Traffic Mode Key Operate Standby Altitude Filter Traffic Direction Proximity Advisory 1200 ft Of Travel Above and Climbing Figure 9 3 Traffic Page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 9 3 A ee GARMIN _ 9 1 3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Page 1 From the Home page touch the Traffic key Getting ra Started poaa ey 2 Contirm TIS is in Operating Mode i es FPL 3 Touch the Traffic Status key to toggle between Operate and Standby mode 9 1 4 Altitude Display plete go 1 While viewing the Traffic page touch the Operate key to begin displaying traffic Operate is displayed in the Traffic Status ma field hatte eeg 2 Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude volume Select the desired altitude volume by touching the BELOW NORMAL ABOVE or UNRESTRICTED keys The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field Altitude Filter Selected Normal Altitude Filter Slider Indicates More Selections Above Are Available Below Figure 9 4 Traffic Altitude Filter Page Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range T 9900 ft to 2700 ft 2700 ft to 2700 ft Table 9 2 Displayed Traffic Range 9 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B
222. ors and Symbology cccsceeceeeeee 10 13 10 3 8 2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert ccccccscscscsessscecesseteeeee 10 15 10 3 8 3 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance ccceceeeseeseeteeteeeee 10 15 10 3 8 4 Premature Descent Alerting ccccceesecsecsessseesseeseeteeeee 10 16 10 3 8 5 Negative Climb Rate After Take Off Alert NCR 10 17 10 3 8 8 TAWS Not Available Alert ccccccccccsecsecsesesssecesseeeeeees 10 18 W0 3 6 9 TAWS Failure AOR cs ccthervacedecactatdyeieasedaeenteieaeeceesdeeestaecnies 10 18 103 9 TAWS System STATUS eee ne 10 18 H WCAG o ceenco etc ecesecscscdeve caenenees ce enececes 11 1 11 1 XM Weather Products Optional 11 1 11 1 1 Displaying Data Link Weather ccccccecscscssssecesseeseeeeeees 11 3 XII Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN lA Weather LOG CNG cirsio roire SEa R aE 11 4 11 1 3 Weather Map Orientation c ccccccccscscscssssscesseeseseeeees 11 5 11 1 4 XM Weather Symbols and Product Age cccccscseseseeeees 11 6 Cia NEXRAD sresceresttessse sec aensd onteuscouedeuseess Enr TAE E EEE EEEIEE 11 8 a RE r E R 11 9 11 1 5 2 NEXRAD Limitations wsscescacetensacetesvcadetdensdeatdenseeataseeaeseceuseas 11 10 He ECONO TOO eee ie EEE EE EE EEE 11 12 Wiehe L T aaa E A R 11 13 11 1 8 Cell MOVeMent ccc ccccccecsecsscsecssecsesessessessseseeeeeae 11 14 11 149 SIGMETs a AIRME Sects tecsceucersestaecenetcucerueyeceteneteae eee et 11 15 Milt Or C
223. ort key Com Vo Psh Sq ETF Information 2 Touch the Info key to display available information for the airport i id ole K TWF gt Public ee ity Joslin Fld Magic Valley Reg ype Twin Falls ID NW USA Elevation 4154 i F Airport Sate eer ay mae oe Airport Information eag W114 29 26 Lat Lon 5 lime Lact Figure 7 5 Waypoint Info Airport Page 1 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 7 2 2 Preview Foreword The Waypoint Info Airport Preview page provides detailed information about the selected airport sa EJ 1 Touch the Preview tab to view a map of the airport and yya cy surrounding area HE 2 Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the Preview Com Nav map FPL Touch amp Move Finger While Pressing To Pan Map Direct To Airport Preview Area Map Proc a Touch i o wees 0 Zoom Wot Info Figure 7 6 Waypoint Info Airport Map Page co 3 You may touch the map window and while pressing the display drag your finger to move the map view Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide ee A GARMIN 7 2 3 Procedures 1 Touch the Procedures key to view details about procedures al for the selected airport Airport Identifier ETHF Procedures Touch Hold EFE amp Drag Up Or FERH Down To Scroll AN
224. ou must determine when to select GPS or VLOC guidance during the approach Remember VLOC is required for the final course segment from Final Approach Fix FAF to MAP NOTE Installations with certain autopilots such as the KAP 140 and KFC225 do not allow automatic ILS CDI switching NOTE GPS phase of flight annunciations LPV ENR etc are not applicable to the external CDI or HSI when VLOC is active 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 15 Proc 6 16 A GARMIN If the CDI output has not automatically switched from GPS to ILS upon reaching the FAF you must manually switch to the VLOC receiver by touching the CDI key Verify that VLOC is displayed Automatic switching of CDI output is available for ILS localizer SDF and LDA approaches Automatic CDI switching is not available for backcourse approaches or VOR approaches When flying an approach with the autopilot coupled you must monitor system functions at all times and verify that the autopilot and external CDI or HSI switch to the VLOC receiver with sufficient time to capture and track the approach course Switching to VLOC late in the approach may not provide the autopilot enough time to respond and intercept the approach course prior to the FAF depending upon the performance characteristics of your autopilot and aircraft In such instances you should manually fly the approach or refer to the documentatio
225. parture Waypoint Waypoints 6 4 Selecting an Approach Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan If an approach is loaded when another approach is already in the active flight plan the new approach replaces the previous approach The route is defined by selection of an approach the transition waypoint and a runway 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page The Approach Arrival and Departure fields will be dashed until a selection is made Procedures Touch To Select Approach Touch To Select Arrival Touch To Select Departure Figure 6 15 Procedures Selection Window Touch the Approach key on the Procedures page to select an approach for the destination airport Confirm that the intended airport is shown or touch the Airport key and select the desired airport Touch To Select Airport a PROC Approach APpraae4 Touch To Select Approach Touch To Select Channel ID Figure 6 16 Selecting an Approach 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 6 A GARMIN nga 3 Touch the Approach key on the Procedures Approach page and then touch the key for the desired approach a ng Select Approach KTWF ILS 25 Com Nav RNAV O7cpes LPV Touch To Select Approach RNAV 25cPrs LPV Figure 6 17 Selecting an Approach from the List 4 After selecting the approach for the destination airport the Tan overview will be Cae Notino Touch To Select IE Touch To Select
226. parture ia 7 Touch the Load Departure key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed Nearest Touch To Change pe e Or Remove _ ES aera Sa a Departure ew RW2 5 SNAKOT JACKS a Touch To Edit Pe waypoint Scroll To View ii Touch To Edit P stem Waypoints Figure 6 7 Flight Plan View of the Selected Departure Messages 8 Remove a departure or select a new one by touching the Departure key and selecting the desired choice ym andix 6 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 6 3 Selecting an Arrival A Standard Terminal Arrival STAR can be loaded at any airport that has one published Only one arrival can be loaded at a time in a flight plan If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active flight plan the new arrival replaces the previous arrival The route is defined by selection of an arrival the transition waypoint and a runway 1 Touch the PROC key on the Home page to display the Procedures page and then touch the Arrival key to display the Arrival page Procedures Proc Touch To Display Arrival Page Figure 6 8 Procedure Page 2 If necessary touch the Airport key to select a new airport Touch the Arrival key to display the Arrival list for the selected airport a PROC Arriva Touch To Display aa Arrival List For The P Selected Airport Figure 6 9 Arrival Page 3 Touch the desired Arrival from the Arrival list for the selected airport
227. pe radar weather data a 2 StormScope data will be overlayed on the Map page See the R Weather section for more details pt Info Map Traffic Icon Shows StormScope Overlay Is Active Figure 8 8 Map Mer Menu EO Map Overlay On Selection Weather 7 1 1 6 Traffic Optional The Traffic Map Overlay option selects whether Traffic data is shown on the earest Map page A Traffic icon will indicate that the Traffic overlay has been selected Traffic may or may not be shown depending on the other aircraft s location and equipment See the Traffic section for more detail While viewing the Map Menu touch the Traffic Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Traffic data Terrain Treattit Utilities System Messages Non Threat Traffic Indication Symbols Currently 1200 Ft Above And ro Rising Appendix ay i ESN Icon Shows Traffic Overlay Is Active G Figure 8 9 Map Menu Traffic Map Overlay On Selection 8 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B GARMIN 8 1 2 Map Setup The Map page is customized by selecting groups from the Map Menu The Map Menu groups include choices for Map Weather Traffic Aviation and Land groups depending on the installed equipment of a given aircraft Each group has a list of options that vary with the group syjnejaq 310 S buluyyor sdo 0424 Sdo pno AYLIN JUIWAAOY 2 synejaq 310 S lejaq aye yanly SAWP IDUIAOI 4 8215 eyaq D 2 3
228. priate satellite number 01 32 SBAS satellites will have higher numbers underneath each bar The progress of satellite acquisition is shown in three stages Graph Symbol Description No signal strength bars The receiver is looking for the satellites indicated The receiver has found the satellite s and is collecting data The receiver has collected the necessary data but the Yellow signal strength bars satellite is not being used in the position solution as it has been excluded Cross hatch cyan signal The receiver has found the satellite s but it has been Grey signal strength bars strength bars excluded by the FDE program as a faulty satellite Solid cyan signal strength bars not using the satellite in the position solution Solid green signal strength bars satellite is being used in the position solution The D character inside the bars indicates differential corrections e g WAAS are being used for that satellite Table 15 2 Signal Strength Bar Graph Description The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired enough satellites for a fix The sky view display at the left of the page shows the satellites currently in view as well as their respective positions The outer circle of the sky view represents the horizon with north at the top of the circle the inner circle represents 45 Jaci above the horizon and the center point shows the position directly overhead Each satellit
229. q peoy syinejaq aioysay DeL abuey Wye s inejaq ao say S dl abuey Aemiy leyaq aedsuly abuey zurod em Jas abuey YOA abuey gan abuey UOl 9S191 UI suoisuayx4 Aemuny sweibeld IXe afeS abuey Wodily syinejaq aJo sey abuey pezsqo ges odoj Pury abuey Aen Xey WOO7 ONY uij WOO7 ONY W007 O ny ahogy dN YON UOI E UILO om Figure 8 10 Map Setup Functional Diagram 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 While viewing the Map page touch the Menu key Then touch the Map Setup key The Map Setup page will be displayed Ge Map Group Ste Setup Options Group om N Group Option m Details Direct Te Figure 8 11 Map Setup Page Proc 2 Touch the desired Map Setup Group tab Map Aviation Land Traffic or Weather to display the set of group options 3 Touch the desired group key A list of options for the selected group will be shown i e Map Orientation North Up Above Auto Zoom etc Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to scroll through the list 4 Touch the key for the selected option 5 Touch the Restore Defaults key to return to the original default values for the selected option 8 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 2 1 Map The Map option defines the behavior and display of information on the Map page such as Orientation North Up Above Auto Zoom Nav Range Ring Topo Scale Obstacle R
230. ransponder Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 3 Appendix Appendix HDG Heading HFOM Hg hPa HPL HSDB HSI Hz IAF ICAO IFR IGRF ILS IMC IOI INFO in HG INT INTEG ITI L LAT LCD LCL LED Leg LIFR LNAV LOC LOI LON LPV LRU LT 18 4 A GARMIN heading The direction an aircraft is pointed based upon indications trom a magnetic compass or a properly set directional gyro Horizontal Figure of Merit mercury hectopascal Horizontal Protection Level High Speed Data Bus Horizontal Situation Indicator Hertz Initial Approach Fix International Civil Aviation Organization Instrument Flight Rules International Geomagnetic Reference Field Instrument Landing System Instrument Meteorological Conditions Imminent Obstacle Impact information inches of mercury intersection s integrity RAIM unavailable Imminent Terrain Impact left lett runway latitude Liquid Crystal Display local Light Emitting Diode The portion of a flight plan between two waypoints Low Instrument Flight Rules Lateral Navigation localizer loss of integrity GPS longitude Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Line Replacement Unit left Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN LING MAG MAG VAR MapMx MAX MAXSPD MDA METAR MIN Minimum Safe Altitude MKR MOA MOV mpm MSA MSAS MSG MSL MT mV MVFR NAV NAVAID NCR NDB NEXRAD OAT
231. ras vib 2 Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to toggle the inhibiting of TAWS E Terrain alerts Terrain Menu Flight Plan Test TAWS Only TAWS Alerts Pee Inhibited vallable on Ground TAWS Inhibited Annunciation Figure 10 9 TAWS Alerts Inhibited Selected 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 11 A GARMIN Pest ras 3 Touch the Test TAWS key to test the TAWS system This function is not available when the aircraft is in the air TAWS Test Display TAWS Test Annunciation Figure 10 10 TAWS Test Selected 10 3 8 TAWS Alerts Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within TAWS software algorithms When an alert is issued visual annunciations are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued TAWS alert types are shown in the TAWS Alerts Summary with corresponding annunciations and aural messages When an alert is issued annunciations appear on the TAWS page If the TAWS page is not displayed at the time a pop up alert appears on the page being viewed Terrain Touch To Remove Pop Up And Remain On Current Page TAWS Annunciation eea ae Wie Figure 10 11 Terrain Alert Pop Up TERRAIN AHEAD PULL UP e Blinking Message Ee MAA Pes Touch To Display Terrain Page To acknowledge the pop up alert Touch the Go to Terrain key accesses the TAWS Page OR Touch the Close key to remove the pop up alert If the pilot takes no actio
232. ration problem with the GTN This message will be accompanied by a TER FAIL annunciation The GTN cannot communicate with its configuration module The GTN may still have a valid configuration Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide A GARMIN Action Press and hold the volume knob or the external com remote transfer COM RMT XFR switch if installed this will force the com radio to 121 5 MHz Contact dealer for service Decrease length of com transmissions decrease cabin temperature and increase cabin airflow especially near the GTN Check aircraft voltage and reduce electrical load as necessary Contact dealer for service if this message persists The external com remote transfer COM RMT XFR switch has been held and the com radio is tuned to 121 5 To exit this mode hold the com remote transfer COM RMT XFR switch for two seconds Contact dealer for service Contact dealer for service 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message Description Action COOLING Backlight brightness Decrease cabin temperature and GTN overtemp has been reduced increase cabin airflow especially Reducing backlight due to high display near the GTN Contact dealer for brightness temperatures The service if this message persists backlight level will remain high enough to be visible in daylight conditions COOLING FAN The GTN cooling fan is Decrease cabin temperature and The cooling fan has powered but it is
233. rdinate values will be highlighted Touch the Lat or Lon key to toggle selection of the hemisphere values and highlight the selected value The Large knob may also be used for cursor movement and characters selected with the Small knob Use the Large knob to backspace or move the cursor to the left When The Lat Key Is Touched The Latitude Hemisphere Value Is Active For Selection NS Touch To Toggle Touch to Select Lat Lon Selection Hemisphere Value Touch to Select Lat Lon Coordinates Figure 7 23 Waypoint Info Set Lat Lon Coordinates 1 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN N 3 Touch the desired hemisphere keys to select the desired values After selecting the hemisphere value the cursor will advance to E the first character of the adjacent numeric value for selection Even when the hemisphere values are highlighted touching a valid numeric key will always place the cursor at the first numeric value The Large knob may also be used for cursor movement and characters are selected with the Small knob A NOTE When editing values turn the Large knob counter clockwise to backspace or move the cursor to the left 4 As each value is selected the cursor will advance to the next character Touch the necessary key for the desired values 5 When finished with the Lat Lon selections touch the Enter key 6 When finished with all selections touch the Back and then the Create key
234. re subject to change and may not reflect the most current GTN software Depictions of equipment may differ slightly from the actual equipment NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE Terrain data is not displayed when the aircraft latitude is greater than 75 North or 60 South NOTE This product its packaging and its components contain chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer birth defects or reproductive harm This notice is being provided in accordance with California s Proposition 65 If you have any questions or would like additional information please refer to our web site at www garmin com prop65 NOTE Canadian installations In accordance with Canadian Radio Specifications Standard 102 RSS 102 RF field strength exposure to persons from an antenna connected to this device should be limited to 60V m for controlled environment and 28 V m for uncontrolled environment Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN NOTE This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC limits for Class B digital devices This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructi
235. rect To Nav To This Waypoint Figure 5 5 Selected Direct To Flight Plan Leg Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to activate the selection Utilities 5 The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct To course system 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 5 3 Proc Mint Infa VVDI lI ie Nearest Tab n 5 4 A GARMIN Direct To a Nearest Airport 1 Press the Direct To key on the lower right side of the unit 2 Touch the NRST APT tab on the left side of the Direct To window The nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed The airport at the top of the list is the nearest airport To review the other nearest airports touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list Touch List And Drag Finger To Scroll List Nearest Airport List Arrows Indicate More Items On The List 3 Touch the desired airport to select it The selected airport will be displayed in the Waypoint page Direct To Waypoint Opa Locka Executive Miami Fl SE USA Activate Direct To Course Press Small Knob To Activate Direct To Wpt Figure 5 7 Selected Direct To Nearest Airport 4 Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to activate the selection 5 The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct To course Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 5 4 Removing a Direct To Course ew When a Direct To course is
236. remote com frequency decrement COM CHAN DN key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists Verity the COM CHAN UP key switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists Verity the COM CHAN DN key switch is not stuck Contact dealer for service if this message persists 16 13 Messages Messages Message REMOTE KEY STUCK Nav remote transfer key is stuck REMOTE KEY STUCK TAWS inhibit key is stuck SELECT FREQUENCY Select appropriate NAV frequency for approach SET COURSE Set course on CDI HSI to current DIK 16 14 Description The remote nav transfer NAV RMT XFR key switch has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations The TAWS INHIBIT discrete input has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This input will now be ignored This input is not available in all installations Correct NAV frequency is not set in the active NAV frequency for the approach procedure The selected course on the CDI HSI does not match the current desired track A GARMIN Action Verity the NAV RMT XFR key switch is not stuck Contact dealer
237. rescnscesstecnaptaseaoness ran 4 2 4 2 Active Flight Plan PAGE cect caniacwicnusadetaensacesdendedetdemsacendsndiideldeseadeiinesideiee 4 4 4 2 1 Waypoint Options cccscccssesssesssseessreesseessresseresstessnreeens 4 5 viii Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 2 1 1 Activate Leg 4 2 1 2 Insert Before A2 1 3 Insert After cece ceccccsscccsssceecseceseneceseneseseneeeesneeesneeestneeerens DTN REMOVE cacacursacawssanasneduatananeuaeasasduaadtaesuaeanasduaiataednananasavananaeenss 421o Lodd Procedures oireena rriar anar aIr ATOE rini 4 9 4 2 1 6 Waypoint NNO eee cerscse tet nsacetecncde secu ueaxetaeesaeatasetaceteeocadetacesicotace 4 9 4 2 2 ALLWAYS EEEE 4 10 a TNE PIB a E E E E A E 4 13 4 3 1 Store Flight Plan sccrasteatat ocadetacssacotecuendetaencacetecocadeteceeacotecusetats 4 14 4 3 2 AET AE EE sea E pus ceeseueecar yeast 4 14 4 3 3 EUAN o E N oceste ee ceaseseateetese ea neeeeess 4 15 4 3 4 Edit Data Fields wit a2ccadcesdaenexsaliendsale seiusandiendsandialesandiaadientiands 4 17 4 3 5 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options cccccceesecseeseesseeseees 4 18 4 3 5 1 Catalog Route Option Activate ccc ccccceesecssecseesseeeeeees 4 19 4 3 5 2 Catalog Route Option Invert amp Activate 4 19 4 3 5 3 Catalog Route Option PreViW cccccesecesssecseecseesseceeees 4 20 4 3 5 4 Catalog Route Option EO Usicsssciossasiavesaanvesoisassencasteannoacannes 4 20 4 3 5 5 Catalog Route Option
238. return after 30 seconds of inactivity If you wish to select a VOR localizer ILS frequency press Taic the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav window active for editing The Standby Nav frequency will be highlighted briefly to indicate that it is active Teran for editing The standby frequency in blue is active for editing by the large and small right knobs Method 1 Select a Nav Com frequency using the small and large right rotary knobs 1 Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz MHz value For example the 119 portion of the frequency we ik Bc Oa me 2 Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz kHz value For example the 30 portion of the frequency System 19 30 3 Touch the Com or NAV window to flip flop the Active and Standby frequencies You can also press and hold the small right knob to transfer the standby frequency to the active window 1 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Method 2 Select a Nav Com frequency using the numeric keypad 1 Touch the Standby window A pull down keypad will appear with the current Standby trequency highlighted Getting Started 2 Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the Standby window 1 3 Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly into the Active window To transfer the sta
239. rm the selection or touch the Traffic Cancel key to cancel the operation and return to the Waypoint Options window wen 4 2 1 4 Remove Wot Info Map Weather The Remove option allows you to remove the selected waypoint from the active flight plan peas 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed 2 On the Waypoint Options menu touch the Remove key and then the OK key to delete the selected waypoint from the Utiliti ues active flight plan System Music Messages Symbols Appendix Index 4 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 2 1 5 Load Procedures The Load Procedure selection from the Waypoint Options will start the Procedures function See the Procedures section for complete information 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed 2 Touch the Load Procedures key to go to the Procedure function tor adding procedures to the selected flight plan Procedures Touch to Select an Approach Touch to Select an Arrival Touch to Select a Departure Figure 4 15 Load Procedures Wpt Option 4 2 1 6 Waypoint Info The Waypoint Info option allows you to view information about the selected waypoint in the Waypoint Info function See the Waypoint Info section for complete information 1 On the Active Fligh
240. rsions are displayed along with a disclaimer At the same time the Terrain system self test begins A failure message is issued if the terrain test fails Garmin provides the following terrain awareness solutions within the GTN 6XX environment e Terrain Proxmity This is the standard Terrain function and refers to the display of the relative terrain elevations on the moving map No aural alerts of any type are provided by a Terrain configuration e TAWS B Optional A system developed to meet the terrain alerting and ground proximity requirements for Class B TAWS systems as defined in TSO C151b Garmins GTN 6XX Terrain Awareness and Warning System TAWS B is an optional feature and is intended to provide the flight crew with both aural and visual alerts to aid in preventing inadvertent Controlled Flight Into Terrain CFIT NOTE Obstacles are removed from the Terrain and TAWS pages at ranges greater than 10 NM 10 2 Terrain Proximity Garmin Terrain Proximity is a non TSO C151b certified terrain awareness system provided as a standard feature of GIN 6XX to increase situational awareness and help reduce controlled flight into terrain CFIT Terrain may be displayed on the Map and Terrain pages Terrain Proximity uses information provided from the GPS receiver to provide a horizontal position and altitude GPS altitude is derived trom satellite measurements GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level MSL based altitude GSL alti
241. rts and notices System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 1 A GARMIN ADAT CT Menu Map Overlays Airways Terrain NEXRAD StormScope Traffic Map Setup Map Aviation Land Traffic Weather Optional Change Data Fields Map Detail Restore Defaults Figure 8 2 Map Page Functional Diagram System 8 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 Map Menu The Map Menu provides the ability to modify and control the information displayed on the Map page e Map Overlays are selected to overlay various types of information over the base map Map Setup modifies the display of other map features e Map Data Fields determines whether or not the fields in the corners of the Map page are displayed and the data shown in each corner e Map Detail lets you control the amount of information displayed at different map ranges e Restore Defaults lets you start all over again with the default values for all Map page settings NOTE Changes made in the Map Menu take effect immediately on the map display Map 1 From the Home page touch Map to reach the Map page and then touch the Menu key Map Overlay Selections Touch To Edit Map Setup Map vprego Touch and Drag Finger To Overlays Map setup Adjust Map Detail Level Map Data Fields Touch To Edit Map Data Fields Corners Change Restore Data
242. rtz MHz value For example the 118 portion of the frequency 118 30 3 Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz kHz value For example the 30 portion of the frequency 118 30 To select a Com or Nav frequency using the numeric keypad 1 Touch the Standby window 2 A keypad will appear with the current Standby trequency highlighted 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 3 3 A GARMIN Com Standby Backspace Editing Window Frequency Clear Key Frequency Frequency Monitor Key Transfer Flio Flop Pa Key Frequency Monitor Annunciation Frequency Key Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 3 5 Com Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad Nav Standby Backspace Frequency Editing Window Frequency Clear Key vpt Into Transfer Flio Flop Rs Key Find Frequency Key Numeric Keypad Enter Key Figure 3 6 Nav Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad 3 Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the Standby frequency window 4 Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly into the Active frequency window To make the standby frequency the active frequency 1 Touch the active frequency top window 2 The Active top and Standby frequencies will flip tlop 3 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 3 3 1 Com and Nav Frequency Finding The GIN 635
243. s arrivals STARs non precision and precision approaches are available using the PROC Procedures key Select an Approach 1 as m e 190 01004 03 Rev B Touch the PROC key on the Home page Touch the Approach key and then touch the Airport key to select the desired airport if it is not present Touch the Approach key if necessary Select the desired approach Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired transition Touch the Load Approach key The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed Activate or Load the approach Activate will go Direct To the IAF or provide guidance on the final approach course for vectored approaches Load places the approach at the end of the active flight plan Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 19 Getting Started A GARMIN 1 10 Dead Reckoning Dead reckoning is a feature that enables the GTN to provide limited navi sae gation using the last known position and speed after a loss of GPS navigation while on an active flight plan N CAUTION Navigation using dead reckoning is only an estimate and should not be used as the sole means of navigation Use other means of navigation if possible Dead reckoning becomes active after a loss of GPS position while navigating using an active flight plan and the flight phase is either En Route ENR or Oceanic OCN DR will be overlayed on the ownship icon The To From flag is remove
244. s Height is greater Height is greater than Music 1000 ft AGL than 1000 ft AGL than 1000 ft AGL 1000 ft AGL ain WAN EE Utilities Figure 8 18 Navigation Map Obstacle Icons System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 8 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 1 While viewing the Map function touch the Menu key Foreword Getting 2 Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Map tab stsrtec highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show the Obstacle Range ea Com Nav Touch To Select FPL Obstacle Range Direct To Figure 8 19 Map Setup For Obstacle Range e a 3 Touch the Obstacle Range key and select the maximum Wot Inf range where obstacles will be displayed Map Sotert Hiaticle bicili Range Traffic Terrain Figure 8 20 Select Obstacle Display Range Weather Nearest Obstacle B Music Current Position Obstacle Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 13 A GARMIN ae Ea 4 Touch an obstacle on the map and the elevation will be shown orewor If there are nearby or overlayed objects obstacle airspace airport etc touch the Next key to step through the nearby Getting Started objects Xpdr Ctrl Pan Mode Obstacle Piai Detail aniier Preia ina 843 er MSL ORTHU BYE I Selected My Wy Obstacle FPL Touch To Step To Next Nearby Objects Dir
245. s Page is helpful in troubleshooting weak or missing signal levels due to poor satellite coverage or installation problems You may wish to refer to this page occasionally to monitor GPS receiver performance and establish a normal pattern for system operation Should problems occur at a later date you may find it helpful to have an established baseline trom which to compare ka 1 While viewing the System page touch GPS Status Lat Lon Position Te Wot Info GPS Receiver Status Horizon ta i Dilution ae Sybtem GPS Status of Precision Touch To Select P o ff SBAS Provider Figure of i A GBAS j Positiu wr Sy F N44 54 43 per a Horizontal Figure Terrain he W122 59 71 i of Merit a Phase of Flight Weather Signal Strength r Satellite Numbers eae Tracked Acquiring q Satellite Satellite not and used for Satellite acquired nOr iced ready for use position fix used for position fix and has differential corrections Figure 15 7 GPS Status Page stem 2 f desired touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider The i SBAS list is based on the Aviation database See the Satellite Based Augmentation System section later in this section for details Utilities 3 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 7 A GARMIN As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites a signal strength bar appears for each satellite in view with the appro
246. s are issued when the aircraft is below the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircrafts projected path ITI and IOI alerts are accompanied by a potential impact point displayed on the TAWS Page The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 15 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Into Map Traffic Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index Terrain A GARMIN Minimum Clearance Altitude feet Flight Ph 3 ite Level Flight Descending Approach Table 10 4 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values During final approach FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0 5 NM of the approach runway or below 125 feet AGL while within 1 0 NM of the runway threshold 10 3 8 4 Premature Descent Alerting A Premature Descent Alert PDA is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0 5 NM from the runway threshold or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1 0 NM of the threshold During the final descent algorithms set a threshold for alerti
247. shown below are used to represent terrain obstacles and potential impact points Potential Impact Point rf Projected Flight Path r e 100 ft eas Unlighted Obstacle Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude Black Figure 10 6 Terrain Altitude Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Potential Impact Terrain lt 1000 ft gt 1000 ft lt 1000 ft gt 1000 ft EEL Obstacle AGL AGL AGL AGL Location Terrain Obstacle at or within 100 ft WARNING below current Red aircraft altitude Terrain Obstacle between 100 ft and CAUTION 1000 ft Yellow below current aircraft altitude Q n a w J 4 N ks Table 10 1 TAWS Terrain Obstacle Colors and Symbology 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 9 A GARMIN 10 3 7 TAWS Page TAWS information is displayed on the Map and Terrain pages The TAWS Page is specialized to show terrain obstacle and potential impact point data in relation to the aircrafts current altitude without clutter from the basemap Flight plan information airports VORs and other NAVAIDs can be displayed for reference If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect the display automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS Page Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading If orien
248. splay view 11 2 2 Clearing the StormScope Page Routinely clearing the StormScope Page of all discharge points is a good way to determine if a storm is building or dissipating In a building storm discharge points reappear faster and in larger numbers In a dissipating storm discharge points appear slower and in smaller numbers 1 While viewing the Weather StormScope page touch MENU 2 Touch the Clear Strikes key to clear lightning strikes WN 11 2 3 Changing the StormScope Display View The Lightning Page displays either a 360 or a 120 viewing angle 1 While viewing the Weather StormScope page touch MENU 2 Touch the 360 or Arc to select the display view Figure 11 44 StormScope 360 and Arc Display Views 11 28 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN A NOTE Cell mode uses a clustering program to identify clusters of electrical activity that indicate cells Cell mode is most useful during periods of heavy storm activity Displaying cell data during these periods frees the user from sifting through a screen full of discharge points and helps to better determine where the storm cells are located 11 2 4 Changing the StormScope Data Display Range StormScope data can be displayed on the Map page 2000 NM zoom scale but the data only goes out as far as the StormScope can report 200 NM The 500 NM zoom scale will display all lightning data Scales greater than 500 NM do
249. st airport Com frequencies will be displayed Mearest Airport COM FRED cit Select A PS oT Frequencies Xpdr Ctr Frequency ve BEBE 257 for Nearest r was EIF Airpor cnar o AROE AR ll Com Nav wec leGrende Union Ce 322 FREQ ea Range And e KISY a one FREG 3 Bearing To EPI ee eee Airport Figure 3 9 Com Nearest Airport Frequency 2 Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available frequencies Wot Info ASOS 134 27 Touch A Frequency Key To Place It In The Standby Window Unicom 123 00 E Center 128 05 Figure 3 10 Nearest Airport Multiple Frequency List 3 Touch the Filter key to filter the Nearest List by Airports FSS or ARTCC Seli Nearest Usi Aart ARTCC Figure 3 11 Nearest Com Frequency List 4 Touch the desired Frequency List Then touch the desired frequency to load it into the Standby window 3 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 5 Some frequencies will have more information detail available Touch the key that shows More Information BP OT Freguences Departure Touch For More 7 Approach Information te Figure 3 12 More Information Is Available For Some Frequencies 6 More detailed information is shown on the display Touch the frequency key to load it into the Standby window i con Touch To Insert Sei EERE Into Standby None 136 97 Window None Hena MON 5UN 06 0772 00 Figure 3 13 More Frequ
250. st of Databases with Version and Expiration Date Internal Software Versions Figure 15 3 System Status Page Description Serial amp System ID Databases Figure 15 4 System Status Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 3 E A GARMIN 15 1 1 Serial Number and System ID The System Status section shows the unit Serial Number and the System ID re 1 While viewing the System page touch System Status 2 Touch the Back key to return to the System page 15 1 2 Version Information The software versions of the GIN unit are displayed This information is useful when contacting Customer Support 1 While viewing the System Status page touch the Version Information key to view more detailed information about the software versions inside the GTN unit Internal Software Versions Figure 15 5 System Status Version Information 2 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page 15 1 3 Database Information The System Status page lists the name of the database its version and expiration date 3 While viewing the System Status page touch the Database Information key to view more detailed information about the Database versions inside the GTN unit Database Inbormation Figure 15 6 System Status Database Information 15 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 Touch the Back key to return to the Sy
251. st re ertecer erste re 3 1 IT OU a A efeetsoieees ueteaeteoere oe 3 2 S E oa e e e E E E E E ee 3 2 3 3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning cccsceeeeeecseeseeteeeee 3 3 3 3 1 Com and Nav Frequency FInding ccccccscscseseceeseteeeees 3 5 3 5212 FING RECANT Frequencies wescsdccscwsscucsewestsedaneesvebssustautseessrebeaxet eed 3 5 3 3 1 2 Find Nearest Frequencies ccccccscscseseesecsssssssssseseeseeeees 3 6 3 3 1 3 Find Flight Plan Frequenci s c cccccscscssecssssessssesseeseeseees 3 7 3 3 1 4 Find User FreQuencies ccccccccccsecsecsscsscssecsesssssssssessesseseeees 3 8 332 Adding a New User Frequency ccccccccccscsscsscsssssscsessesteeseeeen 3 8 5 055 Emergency FrEQUENCY csscesccasesetcessersesssavevsrasevarsensarsenescenss 3 10 3 3 4 Stuck MicrophONE secinte nccaseasursecrducensaecdasceuesduncouacersanesdecaonense 3 10 3 3 5 Remote Frequency Selection Control c ccccceeeseeseseeeeee 3 11 3 4 Com Frequency Monitoring c cccccessscecssesssessessessneeseneessseeees 3 11 3 5 Nav VOR Localizer Glideslope Receiver Operations cccceeeeeees 3 12 3 5 1 Ident Audio and VOIUME ccececsceeseeeecsessesteesssseeeseeeeess 3 12 3 5 2 Nav Tuning VV INC OW sndcctdacheveadians settee Seeadicnssutactedentinaiaceenste 3 13 3 5 3 Nav Frequency Finding cccsccscscsessssecsscseesssssesesseeseeeen 3 14 GNC PANS peo E enterica 4 1 4 1 Creating a New Flight PlaN serccsrae seacorse pieces seaco
252. stem Status page NOTE The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes from government agencies Garmin accurately processes and cross validates the data but cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of the data The following databases are stored on Supplemental Data Cards provided by Garmin Terrain The terrain database contains terrain mapping data It is updated periodically and has no expiration date Obstacles The obstructions database contains data for obstacles such as towers that pose a potential hazard to aircraft Obstacles 200 feet and higher are included in the obstacle database It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not be contained in the obstacle database This database is updated on a 56 day cycle Obstacles will still be shown after the database has expired SafeTaxi The SateTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams for selected airports These diagrams aid in following ground control instructions by accurately displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to taxiways ramps runways terminals and services This database is updated on a 56 day cycle SafeTaxi will still be shown after it has expired Basemap The Basemap database contains land and water data such as roads boundaries rivers and lakes Aviation The Navigation database is updated on a 28 day cycle Navigation database updates are provided by G
253. stem key 1 E ia i if 5 l 1 1200 Figure 15 1 System Home Page Terrain 2 Touch the Up and Down Arrow keys to view the features available in the System function 3 Touch the desired key to reach that function To return to the System page touch the Back key Utilities 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 1 A GARMIN Serial No amp Sys ID SW HW Version Info Database Info SBAS WAAS CDI Date Time Com Chnl Spacing Nearest Airport Crosstill Arrival Destination Proximity Class B TMA Class C TCA Class D Restricted MOA Military Other Airspace Altitude Buffer Nav Angle Mag Var Temp Fuel Volume TAWS Alert Voice Low Wing Prop High Wing Prop Kit Plane Turboprop Twin Engine Prop Single Engine Jet Business Jet 2 Blade Rotorcraft 3 Blade Rotorcraft 4 Blade Rotorcraft Manual Offset Figure 15 2 System Function Summary 15 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 1 System Status The System status page of the System function provides information about the GIN unit and the equipment attached to it This information is useful if it is necessary to contact Customer Service The System Status page shows the System ID and serial number for the GTN unit hardware and software versions as well as a list of the installed databases Sytem Stem Status 1ZBOoD010 3430089967738 Tt Serial No And System ID Li
254. t Plan page touch the desired waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will be displayed 2 One Waypoint Options menu touch the WPT Info key to view information about the selected waypoint Distance amp Bearing To Airport From Current Position Airport rae Identifier City rer amp Type BRG 119 Air por t Run ways Information wa Lala Preview Frequencies Wk Figure 4 16 Active Flight Plan Wpt Info 3 Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 9 A GARMIN 4 2 2 Airways Airways may be added as legs in flight plans with any waypoint that is part of an airway such as a VOR 1 On the Active Flight Plan page touch the desired VOR entry waypoint in the flight plan The Waypoint Options list will then be displayed X gt KSLE KOLM Touch VOR Entry Wpt To Insert Airway ee PE hymna Ring gF TH Figure 4 17 Active Flight Plan with VOR Entry Wpt 2 Touch the Load Airway key to select an airway for the selected entry waypoint Woyankel Dptos Insert Touch To Insert Airway Figure 4 18 Select Load Airway from the Waypoint Options 3 Touch the desired airway to select it Touch To Insert see Selected Airway i FC 1200 4 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 Scroll through the list and touch the desired exit point from the airway To
255. t in knowing that this product has been designed to meet or exceed industry performance standards and is supported through a global network of Garmin Aviation Distributors About This Guide Take a little time to review the various sections of this guide to familiarize yourself with it First read Section 1 as an introduction to quickly get you started with the GIN The other sections are not meant to necessarily be read in order but provide detailed information on the subject they contain as you need them Do take the time to review the information before using the product to assist you in getting the most out of your avionics Generally a feature will be described in a section that provides a brief description a graphic functional diagram and step by step procedures If read cover to cover sequentially the information may seem repetitive The guide is designed as a reference where you will generally skip around the document learning about a particular feature or function after becoming familiar with the unit xvi Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Conventions The GTN display dynamically tailors the number and position of the controls for each function and are engaged by merely touching them Getting Touch Touch the key with your finger Drag Touch the list or location on the map with your finger Continue lightly holding your finger to the display surface and drag your finger in the intended direc
256. t needs service The audio panel may continue to function The GTN is configured for Garmin audio panel control GMA 35 and the GTN cannot communicate with the GMA 35 No control of the GMA 35 will be possible A GARMIN Action No action is necessary message is informational only No action is necessary message is informational only Abort the approach and execute a non GPS based approach Contact dealer for service Remove power from the GMA 35 audio panel The pilot will be able to communicate with the Com 2 radio Contact dealer for service Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN Message APPROACH DOWNGRADE Approach Description Approach has been downgraded from LPV or LNAV VNAV Action Continue to fly the approach using published LNAV minimums to an LNAV approach Vertical guidance will be removed trom the external CDI HSI display The GTN is configured for KAP140 KFC225 autopilot and approach guidance is now available downgraded Use LNAV minima APR GUIDANCE AVAILABLE Press Enable APR Output betore Press the Enable APR Output button on the GTN this will cause the autopilot to go into ROL mode Engage the autopilot into selecting APR on autopilot CDI SOURCE Aircraft is on a GPS approach mode See section 6 15 for additional information Select the appropriate CDI source approach but CDI is set tor
257. tasks listed in Table 18 1 and Table 18 2 with a gloved hand For each task determine whether the operation is the same or worse as it was without the glove Record the results in Table 18 1 and Table 18 2 Items that may cause the operation to be worse include but are not limited to a Multiple attempts to select a key c b Unintentional selection of adjacent keys c Excessive force on the touchscreen to select a key It all applicable tasks in Table 18 1 respond in the same way with and without a glove then the glove used to complete these tasks may be used by the pilot 18 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN who performed this evaluation on the unit 6XX or 7XX that was used during this procedure Pilot Glove Description GTN circle one 6XX or 7XX Operation With Glove one a to the Home Screen Navigate to the Home Screen Press HOME to the Home Screen Press HOME Touch the Flight Plan key Enter the following waypoints using the Add Same Worse Waypoint key at the bottom of the list of flight plan waypoints KSLE KMMV a ree BTG then touch the Load Airway key to load Same Worse the following airway V23 ALFOR While viewing the flight plan page touch the Up Same Worse Down arrow Keys to scroll up and down to view the flight plan waypoints Touch the Back key to return to the Home screen Touch the COM standby trequency to activate the Same Worse com freq
258. tation is not heading up it will be track up Two views are available relative to the position of the aircraft the 360 default display and the radar like ARC 120 display Map range is adjustable with the In and Out keys from 1 to 200 NM as indicated by the map range rings or arcs 10 3 7 141 Terrain Page Layers 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key Select Terrain View Select Displayed Layer Terrain Menu Layers Flight Plan Terrain Legend 1 A vi y TAWS Inhibit Test TAWS Select TAWS Function Figure 10 7 Terrain Page Menu Teran 2 Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active flight plan Terrain Overlay Flight Plan Obstacles Terrain my ie Mere Legend TOOU S oe TAWS BO t TAWS B Annunciation Figure 10 8 Flight Plan and Legend Shown On Terrain Page 10 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 3 7 2 Terrain Page View Select the 120 Arc or 360 rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the 360 or Arc keys from the Menu 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key 2 Touch the 360 or Arc key 10 3 7 3 Terrain Page TAWS Selections The TAWS selections allow you to inhibit aural TAWS alerts and to send a request to the TAWS equipment to run its internal tests After cycling power TAWS will no longer be inhibited 1 While viewing the Terrain page touch the Menu key Menu
259. ter the FAF on an approach WARNING Do not use VCALC messages as the only means of either avoiding terrain obstacles or following ATC guidance VCALC provides advisory information only and must be used in concert with all other available navigation data sources 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 3 Utilities A GARMIN E Target Altitude Xpar Ctr Altitude Type MSL Above Wot Restore Defaults VS Profile Offset Direct To Before After Display Messages Proc Target Waypoint Figure 14 4 VCALC Page Functional Diagram my 1 From the Utilities page touch VCALC Traffic Before After Target Waypoint Target Waypoint Altitude Type Desired Target WS Desired Altitude Vertical Speed Desired Distance Sa From Target Offset Vertical Speed learest VCALC Status Required For Message Target ALT At Offset Figure 14 5 VCALC Page Utilities system 2 Select the VCALC items as necessary to set up parameters for the next waypoint Touch the Back key when finished 14 4 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B GARMIN 14 1 1 Target Altitude This sets the desired ending altitude for the VCALC setup a 1 While viewing the VCALC page touch Target ALT Target Altitude Ut FP UFT Selected Altitude Backspace Key Numeric Keypad Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Number Figure 14 6 Select VCALC Target Altitude 2 Use the numeric keypad to sel
260. the OBS G H Key To Enable GPS Level OBS Function Of Service Active FPL Leg OBS Function Annunciation Figure 8 39 OBS Course Selection 2 Enter the desired OBS heading using the keypad and touch Enter 3 The OBS heading will be shown in the flight plan annunciation above the CDI in the lower portion of the display The OBS function annunciation will show 8 30 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 6 Map Symbols Various symbols are used to distinguish between waypoint types The identifiers for any on screen waypoints can also be displayed Special use and controlled airspace boundaries appear on the map showing the individual sectors in the case of Class B Class C or Class D airspace The following symbols are used to depict the various airports and navaids on the Map Page Symbol Description rs Airport with hard surtace runway s Serviced Primary runway shown Airport with hard surtace runway s Non Serviced Primary runway shown 5 Airport with soft surface runway s only Serviced Airport with soft surface runway s only Non Serviced Unknown Airport Restricted Private Airfield VORTAC VOR DME Locator Outer Marker Heliport Table 8 8 Map Symbols re ew cz pe frat o 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 31 A GARMIN 8 7 SafeTaxi SaleTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when zooming Getting
261. the current location of the aircratt System Messages Symbols Appendix Index 8 32 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 7 2 Hot Spot Information Hot Spots can contain more information about the area that can be displayed when shown Hot Spot Detail Hot Spot Outline 8 7 3 SafeTaxi Cycle Number and Revision The SateTaxi database is revised every 56 days SateTaxi is always available for use after the expiration date When turning on the GIN 6XxX the Power up Page indicates whether the databases are current out of date or not available The Power up Page shows the SafeTaxi database is current when the SateTaxi Expires date is shown in white When the SafeTaxi cycle has expired the SateTaxi Expires date appears in yellow The message unknown appears in white if no SafeTaxi data is available on the database card The SateTaxi Region Version Cycle Effective date and Expires date of the database cycle can also be found on the System System Status page SateTaxi information appears in white and yellow text The EFFECTIVE date appears in white when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the effective date The EXPIRES date appears in white when data is current and in yellow when expired SateTaxi REGION NOT AVAILABLE appears in white if SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 33
262. the display of NEXRAD weather information overlayed on the Map page Terrain and NEXRAD weather may not be displayed at the same time Selecting one will disable the other NEXRAD weather is an optional feature that requires the installation of a GDL 69 69A and an XM Weather subscription See the Weather section for more detail While viewing the Map Menu touch the NEXRAD Map Overlay iwa key to toggle the view of NEXRAD weather data i ea a E 2090 me 29 e NEXRAD Product Age NEXRAD Weather Figure 8 7 Map Menu NEXRAD Map Overlay On Selection 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 5 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 8 1 1 5 StormScope Optional The WX 500 StormScope Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather Getting avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms saed within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft The StormScope measures relative bearing and distance of thunderstorm related electrical activity and reports the Foreword Xpdr Ctrl information to the display alia NOTE Refer to the WX 500 Pilot s Guide for a detailed description of the m WX 500 StormScope ew 1 While viewing the Map Menu touch the StormScope Map Direct To Overlay key to toggle the view of StormSco
263. til that approach is reloaded directo ES 1 While viewing the System page touch the Units key Gee 2 Touch the Nav Angle key and then the User key ree Select NAY Goggle Unis Magnetic True i Touch to select User User u manual mag var Figure 15 32 Nav Angle Selections idi Wem 3 After User is selected touch the Magnetic Variation key to set the value 8 Syctom Units Utilities User Nav a Angle Selected Touch To Set Manual Mag Var N hacc qanaAC cayt Figure 15 33 Magnetic Variation is Available for Editing 15 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN eta 4 Touch the keys on the numeric keypad to set the Magnetic Variation and then touch Enter aie Touch To Toggle Gettin q E W Hemispheres Startec Touch Key to Xpdr Ctr Delete Values Use the Numeric Keypad to Select User ea manual Magnetic i Variation Touch Enter Or rect Press Small Knob To Save Values Figure 15 34 Numeric Keypad for Setting Manual Magnetic Variation 5 The User Nav Angle value will be used for all angular values Remember to change the value when traveling to an area requiring another value 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 25 A GARMIN 15 6 Audio E The Audio Settings allows the adjustment of the volume the click sound caned when controls are touched 1 While viewing the System page touch the Audio key Volume
264. tination waypoint Distance Measuring Equipment Departure Procedure departure disabled Desired Track Excessive Descent Rate Provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of North Africa elevation Electromagnetic Interference en route 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN En Route Safe Altitude ERR ESA ETA ETE F FAA FCC FCST FD FIR FIS B FISDL FLTA FPL FREQ FRZ FSS ft G S GS GDC GDL GEO GLS GMA GMT GMU GPS GPSS Ground Speed Ground Track GRS GS GTX 190 01004 03 Rev B The recommended minimum altitude within ten miles left or right of the desired course on an active flight plan or direct to error En route Safe Altitude Estimated Time of Arrival Estimated Time En Route degrees Fahrenheit Federal Aviation Administration Federal Communication Commission forecast flight director Flight Information Region Flight Information Services Broadcast Flight Information Service Data Link Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance flight plan frequency freezing Flight Service Station foot feet glideslope Garmin Air Data Computer Garmin Satellite Data Link geographic Global Navigation Satellite Landing System Garmin Audio Panel System Greenwich Mean Time Garmin Magnetometer Unit Global Positioning System GPS Roll Steering The velocity that the aircraft is travelling relative to a ground position see Track Garmin Reference System Ground Speed Garmin T
265. tion A green bar will appear when it is active 15 4 2 2 Proximity gs 1 Touch the Proximity key to set the Destination Proximity distance values A numeric keypad will appear Select the desired values and then touch Enter o System Selected Proximity Value sse Touch Key to Delete Values Use the Numeric Keypad to Select Proximity Value Figure 15 27 Arrival Alert Proximity Selection 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 21 A GARMIN 15 4 2 3 Airspace Alert Options aoa 1 While viewing the Setup Alerts page touch Airspace Alert Options System Airspace Alerts Selected Airspace Type green bar Airspace Altitude Buffer Figure 15 28 Airspace Alert Selections 2 Touch the Airspace Altitude Buffer key to set the buffer altitude value A numeric keypad will appear Select the desired value and then touch Enter Selected Altitude Buffer Value Touch Key to Delete Values Use the Numeric Keypad to Select Altitude Buffer Value Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob To Save Values Figure 15 29 Altitude Buffer Selection 3 Touch the Airspace type keys to toggle activation A green bar will appear when it is active 15 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 5 Units Settings The Units Setup page allows you to select the conventions for the various units that are displayed Getting Units Type Units Values Nav Angle M
266. tion to scroll through the list or move the location on the map In this pilots guide keys are noted by bold text An image of the key used will be shown to the left of a procedure Keys are outlined areas on the display Figures in the guide will identify the available controls A key may have a name of a control such as Enter Terrain or Back A key may also be an information proc field such as a numeric value that can be changed Text Description mi Graphic Of Key Of Key pth While viewing the Map Menu touch the Terrain Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain data Graphic Of Key With Text Description Numeric Value Of Key mearga When the Fuel on Board value is selected touch the Fuel on Board key to display the Fuel on Board values Weather List Keys Touch To Select Nearest Scroll Bar Indicates More FS4 Enroute Safe Altitude Selections Available Touch Finger To An Item Utilities In The List And Drag Your ETA Estimated Time of Arrival Finger To View More Selections System FIA at Dest FIA at Destination Selected Field Type ETE Estimated Time Enroute ETE t Dest ETE te Destination Touching the Back key returns to the previous display The Cancel key cancels any information selected or entered and returns to the previous display 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide XVII A GARMIN Foreward Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL D
267. tions Com Nav D Deno GPS Settings Touch To Select GPS Solution Touch To Select Lat Touch To Select oe Lon Coordinates For Current Position le Current Position From A Wpt In The Database a Touch To Select i HPL FD Values If Touch For VPL Desired SBAS Settings t Inf Touch For GPL SBAS Settings Figure 18 4 Demo Mode GPS Settings Traffic CJ 5 Touch the Nav key to reach the Demo Navigation Settings page Touch To Select o Demo Navigation Settings Vertical Speed Vertical Speed Altitude Touch To Select Touch To Select Ts 300 rx 9200 fI Altitude Airspeed Track Mode ra Touch To Select Track Mode Figure 18 5 Demo Mode Navigation Settings A SVYMDOIS Appendix 18 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN je 6 Touch the Date Time key to reach the Demo Date Time Settings page Wa Demo Date Time Settings Started Touch To Set Date Touch To Set Time Figure 18 6 Demo Mode Date Time Settings Directo 7 After completing the settings for Demo mode touch the HOME Prc key or Back key to get started with operating the GTN ANI lat Wot Into System ei Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 15 A GARMIN 18 4 Glove Qualification Procedure This procedure is used to quality a specific glove for use with the GTN system by guiding the user through a variety of tasks that use the touchscreen Due
268. titude Loss Feet Height Above Terrain Feet DON T SINK Height Above Terrain Feet 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 Sink Rate Feet Per Minute Figure 10 14 Negative Climb Rate NCR Alert Criteria 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 17 Terrain A GARMIN 10 3 8 8 TAWS Not Available Alert TAWS requires a 3 D GPS position solution along with specific vertical accuracy minimums Should the position solution become degraded or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area the annunciation TAWS N A is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS page The aural message TAWS Not Available is generated When the GPS signal is re established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area the aural message TAWS Available is generated when the aircraft is airborne 10 3 8 9 TAWS Failure Alert TAWS continually monitors several system critical items such as database validity hardware status and GPS status If the terrain obstacle database is not available the aural message TAWS System Failure is generated along with a TAWS FAIL annunciation 10 3 9 TAWS System Status During power up TAWS conducts a self test of its aural and visual annunciations The system test can also be manually initiated An aural alert is issued at test completion TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed exce
269. tive frequency in the event of an in flight emergency The emergency frequency select is available whenever the unit is on regardless of GPS or cursor status or loss of the display To quickly tune and activate 121 50 press and hold volume knob or the external remote Com flip flop key for approximately two seconds If the remote key is used further changes in Com frequency will not be possible until the external remote switch is pressed again for two seconds A NOTE Under some circumstances if the Com system loses communication with the main system the radio will automatically tune to 121 50 MHz for transmit and receive regardless of the displayed frequency 3 3 4 Stuck Microphone Whenever the GTN 635 or 650 is transmitting a TX indication appears in the Com window If the push to talk key on the microphone is stuck or accidentally left in the keyed position or continues to transmit after the key is released the Com transmitter automatically times out or ceases to transmit after 30 seconds of continuous broadcasting You will also receive a Com push to talk key stuck message as long as the stuck condition exists 3 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 3 3 5 Remote Frequency Selection Control On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall pressing the remote recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the units Standby frequency box The remote recall switch
270. to create the new waypoint Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials 1 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Position key and then the Radial Radial key cul td Te T aii Touch to Select Radial Radial Waypoint LAT Reference Type ss Hadia Distance Lo Touch to Select Radial Values Touch to Select Reference Wpts Figure 7 24 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type Radial Radial 2 Touch a Ref Wpt key and use the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired identifier Touch the upper Radial key and use the numeric keypad to select the desired value 4 Touch the Enter key UJ 5 When finished with all selections touch the Create key to create the new waypoint 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 7 17 Wot Info A GARMIN 7 7 3 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance 1 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Position key and then the Radial Distance key Touch to Select Radial Distance Waypoint Reference Type Touch to Select Distance Values Touch to Select Reference Wots Touch to Select Radial Values Figure 7 25 Waypoint Info Create User Waypoint Type Radial Distance 2 From the Create User Waypoint page touch the Ref Wpt ena key and use the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired identifier 3 Touch the Radial key and use the numeric keypad to select the desired value 4 Touch the Distance key and use th
271. tude and is used to determine Terrain alerts GSL altitude accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry but it is not subject to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude devices GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL altitude Therefore GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 10 1 A GARMIN Terrain Proximity utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced to mean sea level MSL Using the GPS position and GSL altitude Terrain Proximity displays a 2 D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the position and altitude of the aircraft In this manner Terrain Proximity can provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions Terrain Proximity requires the following to operate properly The system must have a valid 3 D GPS position solution e The system must have a valid terrain obstacle database Direct To Menu View 360 Arc Traffic Layers Flight Plan Legend Figure 10 1 Terrain Proximity Page Functional Diagram Wlnnthar VWWEdLIEl 10 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 10 2 1 Displaying Terrain Proxmity The Terrain page is in the Terrain function 1 Touch the Terrain key on the Home page Yellow Terrain Is B
272. ty card programmers will not work with a high capacity SD card High capacity card programmers can be easily purchased at a consumer electronics store Ensure that your card programmer is not plugged into a USB hub your computer screen or your keyboard Make sure it is plugged directly into your computer the back of the computer if using a desktop computer If you accidentally place a file onto the wrong card call Garmin s Aviation Product Support team to look at the files and delete the proper files Do not format the cards 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 11 UTHITIES Appendix Appendix A GARMIN Updating Garmin Databases 2 of Download the data to the data cards trom the appropriate web site Insert Navigation Database SD card in the slot of the GTN 6XX Apply power to the GTN 6XX System View the power up splash screen Check that the databases are initialized and displayed on the splash screen Some databases can take up to 15 minutes to update The database update page will prompt to either Update or Continue Touch the Update key to update the database s Touch the Continue key to continue to normal operation without updating a database This process will repeat for each database that is available on the card for updating After the database s have completed the update process touch OK to continue the normal progression of start up displays From the Home page to
273. uch To Select Exit Waypoint Figure 4 20 Select an Exit Waypoint for the Airway Pos 5 Confirm the airway information and then touch Load to insert the selected airway into the flight plan If changes are desired touch the Airway or Exit Waypoint keys to select alternate choices Selected Airway Touch To Change Selected Exit Waypoint Touch Entry Waypoint To Change Touch For Map Preview Touch To Load Of Airway Airway Into FPL Waypoints Figure 4 21 Airway Information 6 Touch the Preview key to view the airway waypoints and map preview of the airway U3G V165 0LM Map Preview amey Of Airway Waypoint List oie Airway Into FPL Figure 4 22 Airway Preview 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 11 Nearest UTHITIOS A GARMIN 7 After loading the airway it is inserted into the flight plan The airway waypoints are shown below the Airway key on the display Touch the airway to make any changes T RSLE KOLM Xodr Ctr Entry Waypoint Selected Airway Touch To Edit Selected Airway Waypoints Figure 4 23 Airway Waypoints in the Flight Plan 8 Touch the Airway key to display the Airway Options Make the desired choice or touch Back Touch To Collapse Airway Waypoint View ot Info ESSM Touch To Select New Or eee Change Current Airway ray Touch To Remove E Away From Flight Plan Figure 4 24 Airway Options 7 9 Touch the Collapse All Airways ke
274. uch the System key Then touch the System Status key Check that all databases are current and there are no errors If a database is highlighted in yellow it is either expired or the GTN 6XX can not determine the date 18 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 18 3 Demo Mode The GIN product contains a Demo mode that allows simulation of all operations of the product to allow practice and familiarization while staying on the ground WARNING Do not use the GTN to navigate while Demo mode is active Do not use or enter Demo mode while airborne 1 kia N hold the Direct To key and then apply power to e unit Touch To Continue Figure 18 2 Demo Mode Start Up Display 2 Touch the Continue key and Fuel keys as normally needed to Start operations 3 Touch the Demo key in the lower part of the display to reach the Demo Setup functions Demo Setup Touch For GPS Settings Touch For NAV Settings Touch For Date And Time Settings Figure 18 3 Demo Mode Setup Appendix 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 13 A GARMIN 4 Touch the GPS key to reach the Demo GPS Settings page The Position Error values Horizontal Protection Level Fault acne Detection HPL FD HPL SBAS and Vertical Protection Level Started VPL SBAS may be adjusted to reflect errors induced by naturally occurring conditions but are normally not adjusted for most Demo mode opera
275. uency entry keypad Task applicable to 635 650 750 only Enter a valid com frequency and touch the Enter key Same Worse 635 650 750 only 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 18 17 A GARMIN Operation With Glove circle one Touch the active com frequency to flip flop the com frequencies 635 650 750 only Touch the active nav frequency to tlip tlop the nav Same Worse frequencies 750 only Touch the Menu key 650 only Table 18 1 Tests Required for Glove Qualification Operation With Glove circle one Navigate to the flight plan page NA While viewing the flight plan page touch the list and Same Worse drag up down to view the flight plan waypoints While viewing the flight plan page touch and flick the Same Worse list to view the flight plan waypoints eoa Touch the Map to enter Pan mode then touch the Same Worse Graphically Edit FPL key Remove KONP from the flight plan graphically by Same Worse touching KONP and dragging it to an area without any waypoints Pan and zoom in out as necessary to accomplish the task Insert KSPB between KMMV and BTG by dragging the Same Worse leg between KMMV and BTG to KSPB Table 18 2 Tests Not Required for Glove Qualification Appendix 18 18 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN INDEX Symbols 3D navigation 15 9 A Abbreviations 7 13 About this guide xvi Above Ground Level 10 8 Acquirin
276. ughout the approach However you must always fly an approach as it appears on the approach plate e The active leg or the portion of the approach currently in use is depicted in magenta on the Map Page As you fly the approach the GIN 6XX automatically sequences through each leg of the approach unless SUSP appears at the annunciation bar at the bottom of the display SUSP indicates that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended on the current leg and normally appears at holding patterns and upon crossing the missed approach point MAP for Climb to Altitude legs and for Hold to Altitude legs For roll steering autopilots roll steering is terminated when approach mode is selected on the autopilot and is available once the missed approach is initiated If Vectors to Final is activated while on the FROM side of the FAF automatic waypoint sequencing is suspended and the SUSP annunciation will appear Automatic waypoint sequencing will resume once the aircraft is on the TO side of the FAF and within full scale deflection e For all procedures make sure to check the runway transition and all waypoints 6 14 Points to Remember for Localizer or VOR based Approaches e The default factory setting allows the CDI output to automatically switch from the GPS receiver to the LOC receiver This may be changed to manual in some installations If the ILS CDI Selection setting is changed to Manual y
277. unway from the list Touch the desired runway to select it Terrain select Runway Weather Nearest Music Utilities Figure 7 10 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Selection System ezo 3 Touch the PCL key to load the PCL frequency into the Com Standby location Messages Symbols Appendix Index 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 1 1 A GARMIN 7 2 5 Frequencies 1 Touch the Frequencies tab to view details about available frequencies for the selected airport 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional frequencies as needed A c symbol in a white circle will appear next to frequencies that also function as the Common Traffic Advisory Frequency CTAF c Indicates CTAF Airport m 0 BTW Frequencies Identifier City Es nee amp Airport Type Tower Frequency Name PRAE Touch And Drag pi To Scroll maino Touch For More Departure Touch Information deus tetera To Scroll Touch Frequency Key To Load Into Com Standby Figure 7 11 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency List Page 3 Touch the Frequency key next to the frequency name to load it as the Com or Nav standby frequency depending on frequency type 4 Some frequencies have more information available and will indicate that below the frequency name Departure Frequency Touch Frequency fiend 126 70 Key To Load Into Additional mone e nana Frequency None Information Narrative MON SUN 06 00 21 00
278. uracy and the highest numbers are worse EPU is the horizontal position error estimated by the Fault Detection and Exclusion FDE algorithm in feet or meters NOTE Operating outside of an SBAS service area with SBAS enabled may cause elevated EPU values to be displayed on the satellite status page Regardless of the EPU value displayed the LOI annunciation is the controlling indication for determining the integrity of the GPS navigation solution n m System A NOTE The FDE Prediction program is used to predict FDE availability ssn This program must be used prior to all oceanic or remote area flights for all operators using the GTN as a primary means of navigation under FAR parts 91 121 125 and 135 The FDE program is part of the GTN trainer available for download from the GTN product information page on Garmin s web site www garmin com If the GTN has not been operated for a period of six months or more acquiring satellite data to establish almanac and satellite orbit information can 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 9 Fes Paro UTTITIAS A GARMIN take 5 to 10 minutes The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired enough satellites for a fix 15 2 2 Satellite Based Augmentation System SBAS SBAS is a system that supports wide area or regional augmentation through the use of additional satellite broadcast messages WAAS EGNOS and MSAS are kno
279. urface type Com Nav 1 While viewing the System Setup page touch the Nearest Airport key ji Direct To Touch To Select Runway Surface Type o Touch To Select Minimum Runway Length TTE Figure 15 21 Select Nearest Airport Criteria n ng 2 Touch the Runway Surface key to display the options Touch the desired surface type E altic Select Runway Sunare Tall Touch to Select Any Any Runway Surface Weather Touch to Select Hard Hard Only Runway Surfaces Only Nearest Hard Sof Touch to Select Hard or Eger eos Soft Runway Surfaces Touch to Select Water Utilities Surfaces Only Not Shown Figure 15 22 Nearest Airport Runway Surface Type System paral 3 Touch Minimum Runway Length to display the keypad for selecting the minimum runway length Select the desired minimum runway length with the numeric keypad A selection of 0 will allow any length 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 15 17 A GARMIN Touch Key to Delete Values Runw y Length u Touch Key to 03008 Ff Delete Values Touch Keys to Set Values Figure 15 23 Nearest Airport Minimum Runway Length 4 After selecting the minimum runway length touch the Enter key to save the entered values or touch the Back key to return to the System Setup page without saving a value 15 4 5 Com Channel Spacing Com transceiver channel spacing may be selected between 8 33 kHz and 25 0 kHz While viewing the System Setup pag
280. urns values to original factory settings Table 8 2 Map Setup Aviation Options NOTE The term intersection range means any GPS waypoint included in the navigation database and includes waypoints that may not be intersections of two VOR radials 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 15 A GARMIN 8 1 2 3 Land The Land Data option selects whether detailed land features such as Lat Lon Grid Freeways National Highways Local Roads Cities States Provinces and Rivers Lakes are displayed Topo features traffic terrain and obstacles will still be displayed even with Land Data turned off The options for each feature are shown in the following table The default values are shown in bold type Feature Selection Road Detail None Least Less Normal More Most City Detail None Least Less Normal More Most State Province Names Off On River Lake Detail None Least Less Normal More Most Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Wot Info Table 8 3 Map Setup Land Options 8 16 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 8 1 2 4 Airway Range Foreword The Airways viewing range option selects whether the Airways are shown on the Map and at and below the selected map ranges for Low and High Airways 2 When Ott is selected the information will not be shown Xpdr Ctrl 1 While viewing the Map function touch the Menu key
281. urrounding area 1 Touch the Map page display 2 See the description in the Map Panning section for details of end using this feature Touch the Back key to return to the normal Map display 8 3 2 Create Waypoint The Create Waypoint function will create a User Waypoint at the Map Pointer location when that location is not an already named object such as an airport or airspace 1 In Pan Mode touch the Create Waypoint key 2 Follow the directions in the Waypoint Info section for Creating User Waypoints 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 8 25 Foreword Getting Started Xpdr Ctrl Com Nav FPL Direct To Proc Wot Info Map Traffic Terrain Weather Nearest Music Utilities System Messages Symbols Appendix Index A GARMIN 8 3 3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode The Edit Flight Plan Mode allows making quick changes to the active flight plan directly on the display The process is simply touching the display to start Map Pan Mode touching the Graphically Edit FPL key dragging the desired leg to a new waypoint or airway and touching the Done key At any point a step may be removed by touching the Undo key or the whole process ended by touching the Cancel key The Undo key will remove up to nine steps 8 3 3 1 Adding a Waypoint to an Existing Flight Plan 1 Touch the Map page display The Map Mode selection keys will appear Touch the Graphica
282. user Internal SD card was removed This card is not accessible by the user Action Contact dealer for service Use a different GPS receiver or anon GPS based source of navigation Contact dealer for Service No action is necessary message is informational only Contact dealer for service Contact dealer for service Contact dealer for service Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 16 9 Messages Messages Message KEY STUCK HOME key is stuck KEY STUCK Direct To key is stuck KNOB STUCK Volume knob Is stuck in the pressed position KNOB STUCK Dual concentric inner Knob is stuck in the pressed position LOCKED FLIGHT PLAN Cannot activate a flight plan containing a locked waypoint LOSS OF INTEGRITY LOI Verity GPS position with other navigation equipment 16 10 Description The HOME key has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This key will now be ignored The Direct To key has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This key will now be ignored The Volume knob has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This knob press will now be ignored The dual concentric inner knob has been in pressed position for at least 30 seconds This knob press will now be ignored The user is trying to activate a flight plan that contains a locked waypoint The GPS module has reported a loss of integrity Garmin GTN
283. va EJ GARMIN x Traffic fake Terrain GTN 625 635 650 Weather Pilot s Guide Flight Plan Procedures Nearest m Waypoint Info Music Ea Utilities System 2011 Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries All rights reserved This manual reflects the operation of System Software version 2 00 or later Some ditferences in operation may be observed when comparing the information in this manual to later software versions Garmin International Inc 1200 East 151st Street Olathe KS 66062 U S A Tel 913 397 8200 Fax 913 397 8282 Garmin AT Inc 2345 Turner Road SE Salem OR 97302 U S A Tel 503 391 3411 Fax 503 364 2138 Garmin Europe Ltd Liberty House Bulls Copse Road Hounsdown Business Park Southampton S040 ORB U K Tel 44 0 870 850 1243 Fax 44 0 238 052 4004 Garmin Corporation No 68 Jangshu 2nd Road Shijr Taipei County Taiwan Tel 886 02 2642 9199 Fax 886 02 2642 9099 Garmin Singapore Pte Ltd 46 East Coast Road 05 06 Eastgate Singapore 428766 Tel 65 63480378 Fax 65 63480278 At Garmin we value your opinion For comments about this guide please e mail Techpubs Salem Garmin com www garmin com Except as expressly provided herein no part of this manual may be reproduced copied transmitted disseminated downloaded or stored in any storage medium for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single cop
284. ved to the Catalog to be used in future flights The Store Flight Plan function will save the Active Flight Plan to the Catalog 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the Menu key The Flight Plan Menu will be displayed 2 Touch the Store key to store the current Active Flight Plan into the Catalog The flight plan will be named by the beginning and ending waypoints 3 When a duplicate flight plan is created the Store key will not be available and the flight plan will be saved with a numeral at the end of the destination waypoint g Flight Plan Catalog Used 2 Empty 97 Departure Destination Original Flight Plan anes a KPDT r r m s a a I KSLE RPL KSLE KPDT RSLE RPDT 2 Duplicate Flight Plan Create New Catalog Route Figure 4 27 Duplicate Flight Plan Naming 4 3 2 Invert Flight Plan The Invert Flight Plan option allows you to reverse the Active flight plan and use it for navigation guidance back to your original departure point The original flight plan stored in the catalog is not affected 1 While viewing the Active Flight Plan page touch the Menu key The Flight Plan Menu will be displayed Piet 2 Touch the Invert key to invert the current Active Flight Plan 4 14 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 3 3 Parallel Track Parallel Track allows you to create a parallel course offset of 1 to 99 NM to the left or right of your current flight pla
285. viewing the Nearest function touch the User WPT key A list of the nearest 25 User waypoints within 200 NM will be listed anve E Nearest User Waypo Wpt oentier etl ee sno m2 User Wot LAKESD Figure 12 13 Nearest User Waypoint 2 Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list 3 Touch the Nearest User Waypoint Identitier key to show the Waypoint Info page for the selected User waypoint Delete Wot Distance amp Bearing Identifier Symbol EEEo ii To Wot From amp References PECAS SRO GO Current Position EO Distance amp Bearing Edit Wot sateen apa Delete 103m 089 6 To Wot From Touch To View PEA Reference Wot Area Map View All Wpts Wots Used Figure 12 14 Nearest User Waypoint Information 12 8 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 12 7 Nearest Airspace The Nearest Airspace Page alerts you to as many as nine controlled or special use airspaces near or in your flight path Alerts are provided according to the following conditions e If your projected course will take you inside an airspace within the next ten minutes the alert message AIRSPACE ALERT Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes appears The Nearest Airspace Page shows the airspace as Airspace Ahead e Ifyou are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current course will take you inside the message AIRSPACE ALERT Within 2nm of airspace appears The Nearest
286. visory System TAS enhances flight crew situational awareness by displaying traffic information for transponder equipped aircraft The TAS also provides visual and aural traffic alerts including voice announcements to assist in visually acquiring traffic When the TAS is in Operating Mode the unit interrogates the transponders of intruding aircraft while monitoring transponder replies The TAS uses this information to derive the distance relative bearing and if reported the altitude and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range The TAS then calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of Approach CPA If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory TA visual and aural alerting is provided 9 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 9 2 1 TAS Symbology Traffic Advisory System TAS is designed to help in detection and avoidance of other aircraft TAS uses an on board interrogator processor to detect traffic Only aircraft with operating transponders will be detected Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols TAS Symbol Description Non Threat Traffic intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical separation Proximity Advisory PA intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation Traffic Advisory TA closing rate distance and vertical separation meet
287. waypoint 1 While viewing the Utilities page touch the Trip Planning Wpiin o key 2 Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point to Point Touch To Select Touch To Select E Departure Waypoint Arrival Waypoint raffic Touch To Use Present Position MENEE N 4443 03 Hy ie Touch To Select As Departure pln Emit P to P or Flight o Point Plan Mode Weather Touch To Select oi To Toggle Nearest etween Statistics Departure Time and Data Input Touch To Select Touch To Select Departure Date Expected Average Ground Speed Figure 14 15 Utility Trip Planning Page To Edit Input Data Point To Point Mode system 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 14 13 A GARMIN ka 3 Touch the P POS key to toggle between using your present position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint selected trom the database when P POS is deselected If P POS is selected the Lat Lon of the present position will be shown in the From position i Wtilities Tip Planning Touch To Select Present Position Selected P POS 4442057 p As From Wpt vi117 08 68 ee Destination Wpt Lat Lon Of Present Position Figure 14 16 Selecting Present Position as the From Waypoint 4 If PPOS is not selected for the From point touch the From key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the database and touch Enter Selected From Waypoint Touch To Select Waypoint Search Touch To Sele
288. ween the requesting aircraft and other intruder aircraft is displayed above below the traffic symbol in hundreds of feet If the other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft the altitude separation appears above the traffic symbol with a sign if below the altitude separation appears below Altitude trend is displayed as an up down arrow for speeds greater than 500 fpm in either direction to the right of the target symbol Traffic symbols for aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation or climb descent information Always remember that TIS cannot alert you to the presence of aircraft that are not equipped with transponders nor can it alert you to aircraft that may be nearby but obscured from the ground surveillance radar by interfering terrain 9 2 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 9 1 2 Traffic Map Page The Traffic Map Page is configured to show surrounding TIS traffic data in relation to the aircrafts current position and altitude without clutter from the basemap Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid heading The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page When the aircraft is on the ground TIS automatically enters Standby Mode Once the aircraft is airborne TIS switches from Standby to Operating Mode and the GTN 6XxX begins to display traffic information t TRF Status N
289. wn SBAS providers At the time of printing SBAS providers support the following areas e WAAS provides SBAS service for Alaska Canada the 48 contiguous states and most of Central America e EGNOS provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of North Africa e MSAS provides SBAS service for Japan only 1 While viewing the System page touch GPS Status 2 If desired touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider The SBAS list is based on the Aviation database 3 Touch the key for the desired SBAS provider Figure 15 8 SBAS Selection Page 4 Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page 15 10 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 15 2 3 Circle of Uncertainty Foreword The Circle of Uncertainty depicts an area where the ownship location is guaranteed to be when the aircraft location cannot be accurately determined 2 The area of the Circle of Uncertainty becomes larger as GPS horizontal accuracy degrades and smaller as it improves The Circle of Uncertainty is shown only 9 Ct when the aircraft is on the ground The Circle of Uncertainty area is transparent so that features within it may still be seen Com Nav FPL Area Within The Circle Of Uncertainty Direct To Ownship Symbol Proc koe Met ae SN Wot nfo Figure 15 9 Circle of Uncertainty Map 15 3 External LRUs The External LRU page displays the external equipment connected to the a GTN and their connecti
290. y 2 The XPDR page will be displayed The Squawk Code value will be active for selection for use by the active Transponder 3 Touch the numeric keypad or use the rotary knobs to select the desired Squawk Code oe 4 Then touch Enter d Squawk Code Squawk Code Window Backspace Key Active XPDR 118 00 Numeric Keypad Sas ENT ID E ber Enter Key Figure 2 12 XPDR Squawk Code Selection Display rty 5 The selected Squawk Code will be shown in the XPDR window on the right side of the display 2 6 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 3 NAVICOM o GTN 650 NAV COM AND GTN 635 COM ONLY a The GTN 650 features a digitally tuned VHF Com radio that provides a seamless transition from communication to navigation and digitally tuned Nav 9 localizer and glideslope receivers The GTN 635 has a Com radio only The Com radio operates in the aviation voice band from 118 000 to 136 975 MHz in alle 25 kHz steps default For European operations a Com radio configuration of 8 33 kHz steps is also available Com Standby Backspace Key Direct To Volume and Editing Window Active Com Frequency e p Frequency Proc On Off Kno Monitor Key Standby Com Frequency g Frequency PIT Transfer any Flip Flop Frequency Monitor Key Annunciation Find Large and Small Knobs a Frequency Adjust Traffic ey Press to Toggle Com and Nav Functions Numeric Keypad Enter Key an Figure 3 1 Nav Com
291. y a n Trough windy 23 m JF High lf Low City Forecast Fronts Figure 11 33 Surface Legends 11 22 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 11 1 16 Winds Aloft Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface and at selected altitudes Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from the surface up to 45 000 feet 1 While viewing the Data Link Weather menu touch the Winds Aloft key Selected Wind Wind Symbols Altitude Touch To Select Wind Altitude Figure 11 34 Winds Aloft 2 Touch the WX Aloft ALT or keys to increase or decrease the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in 3 000 foot increments The selected altitude is shown in a window about the altitude keys 3 Touch the Winds Aloft key again to turn it off eather Winds Aloft 5OKT 10 1 SKT oo k d Wind direction is towards point Figure 11 35 Winds Aloft Legend 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 11 23 A GARMIN 11 1 17 Icing The Icing product provides information about the current icing environment and where it may occur between 1 000 feet and 30 000 feet in 3 000 foot increments Supercooled Large Droplets SLD Icing provides an alert to the potential for freezing rain due to the presence of large supercooled water droplets SLD data is shown between 1 000 feet and 30 000 feet in 3 000 foot increments pice 1 While viewing the
292. y and then the keypad to select the Barometric Pressure and then touch Enter Touch To Clear Values Selected Fa Barometric Pressure Value Touch To Select Barometric Touch To Cancel Pressure Value Selection Figure 14 40 Select Barometric Pressure Value mss 4 Touch the CAS key and then the keypad to select the Calibrated Air Speed and then touch Enter Touch To Clear Selected Values Calculated Air Speed Value ance Touch To Cancel Selection Figure 14 41 Select Calculated Air Speed Value Touch To Select Calculated Air Speed Value 6 07 08 CI CO I Enver 14 24 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN _____ EEE OEFesssSSFeFeFsFSSSSSSSSSSSSS ers 5 Touch the TAT key and then the keypad to select the Total Air Touch To Select Above Or Below 0 Degrees Touch To Cancel Selection Temperature and touch Enter Selected True Air Temperature Value Touch To Clear Values Touch To Select Total Air Temperature wate Value Figure 14 42 Select Total Air Temperature Value ema 6 Touch the TRK key and then the keypad to select the Track Selected Track MaS Angle Value Touch To Cancel Selection Ea Selected Heading Value Touch To Cancel Selection 190 01004 03 Rev B Angle and then touch Enter Touch To Clear Values Touch To Select Track Angle Value Figure 14 43 Select Track Angle Value Touch the HDG key an
293. y of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use provided that such electronic or printed copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited Garmin and SateTaxi are registered trademarks of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries Garmin SVT is a trademark of Garmin Ltd or its subsidiaries These trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin NavData is a registered trademark of Jeppesen Inc StormScope and SkyWatch are registered trademarks of L 3 Communications and XM is a registered trademark of XM Satellite Radio Inc lridium is a registered trademark of Iridium Communications Inc Canadian radar data provided by Environment Canada United States radar data provided by NOAA European radar data collected and provided by Meteo France March 2011 Printed in the U S A A GARMIN LIMITED WARRANTY Me All Garmin avionics products are warranted to be free from defects in materials or workmanship for Paai two years from the date of purchase for new Remote Mount and Panel Mount products one year from the date of purchase for new portable products and any purchased newly overhauled products six months for newly overhauled products exchanged through a Garmin Auth
294. y to collapse the list of 3 points along the airway Touch the Collapse All Airways key again to toggle the display of airway detail back on 4 12 Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 190 01004 03 Rev B A GARMIN 4 3 Flight Plan Menu The Flight Plan Menu provides access to functions to manage your flight plans The functions included are View Catalog Store Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Preview Flight Plan Parallel Track Invert Flight Plan and Edit Data Fields Touch the Menu key to access the Flight Plan Menu options View Catalog Store Flight Plan Delete Flight Plan Preview Flight Plan Parallel Track Invert Flight Plan and Edit Data Fields es To Store The Active Touch To Add Parallel Track Flight Plan Course Offsets Flight Plan Menu Touch To Delete Touch To View The Active List Of Stored Flight Plan Fight Plans Touch To Invert Touch To View A The Active Map And A List Of Flight Plan Waypoints For The Active Flight Plan Touch To Edit The Active Flight Plan Information Fields Figure 4 25 Flight Plan Menu Track Route Direction Options Offset Column 1 Column 2 Activate Activate Column 3 Restore Defaults Invert amp Activate Preview Edit Copy Delete Figure 4 26 Flight Plan Menu Functional Diagram 190 01004 03 Rev B Garmin GTN 625 635 650 Pilot s Guide 4 13 A GARMIN 4 3 1 Store Flight Plan A newly created flight plan or one that has been modified must be sa

Garmin GPS Receiver 635 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents